imagine the possibilities

Thank you for purchasing this Samsung product.
To receive more complete service, please
register your product at
www.samsung.com/register
SMX- K40BN/SMX- K40SN/SMX- K40LN
SMX- K44BN/SMX- K44SN/SMX- K44LN
SMX-K45BN/SMX- K45SN/SMX- K45LN
Memory Camcorder
user manual
key features of your memory camcorder
High-resolution color widescreen LCD (2.7” WIDE TFT LCD)
This Samsung memory camcorder utilizes a 2.7-inch 230k pixel Widescreen LCD which
allows bright and clear monitoring. In addition, the LCD Enhancer adjusts color and
brightness to the screen lighting conditions for better monitoring under strong sunlight.
H.264/AVC (MPEG4 part 10/Advanced Video Coding) encoding
Latest video compression technology, H.264, uses a high compression rate to sharply
increase the recordable time with the same size storage.
Simple & easy user interface
Designed to provide optimized and easy use with an ergonomic design.
An improved Graphics User Interface offers a new and fresh look as well as an easy operation.
SSD (Solid State Drive) adopted as built-in memory (16GB (SMX-K44 only), 32GB (SMX-K45 only))
SSD based on flash memory has been adopted as built-in memory for the camcorder. SSD helps the camcorder boot, read
data and operate the software much faster than normal HDD (Hard Disk Drives). Also, SSD is very stable, durable and makes
less noise while in operation. It is environment-friendly because low electric power is required.
User-friendly functions
User-friendly EASY Q optimises your memory camcorder to the recording conditions
automatically, providing beginners with the best performance.
Twice the memory options (16GB (SMX-K44 only), 32GB (SMX-K45 only))
The memory camcorder’s external memory slot accepts high capacity SDHC cards.
Play and transfer videos quickly and easily using the memory type of your choice.
In addition to this slot, the memory camcorder has built-in memory.
High-resolution image through Mobile DNIe
The Samsung memory camcorder has 3DNR (3-dimensional noise reduction), high-sensitivity color expression
(intelligent color expression), High performance Anti-Shake (OIS:Optical Image Stabilizer), and automatic face detection
features.
Capture visions farther than the eye can see : 52x Optical Power Zoom, 65x Intelli-Zoom, and 2200x Digital Zoom
Samsung's powerful optical zoom lenses bring the world closer without losing
image quality. In addition, Digital Zoom Interpolation enables clearer digital zooming,
with less distortion than previous types of digital zooms.
W
T
ON OFF
MODE
ii_English
Capture photo images
Captures a moving subject instantly and saves the scene as a photo image.
Time lapse recording catches the moment
You can record a long scene in short intervals. Record artistic, documentary videos
including the passage of clouds, blooming flowers etc. Use this function to make
UCC (User Created Contents) videos, educational programs or for other purposes.
Direct upload of your videos to the web!
The built-in editing Intelli-studio software installs directly from this camcorder to your
PC, enabling convenient connection with a USB cable. Intelli-studio also allows direct
uploading of your contents to YouTube or Flickr. Sharing the contents with your friends
is simpler than ever before.
Make a digest of your video! Storyboard printing!
This function captures 16 still images arbitrarily from the selected video and saves them into
the storage media. It presents a quick overview of your video, helping you to understand
the overall topic.
Preview Storyboard printing with the VIEW button!
This function provides a preview of the 16 image storyboard to be printed.
SD to HD-quality upscaling function!
You can enjoy viewing your video recorded in SD in HD quality by setting the
HD OUTPUT switch on the side of your camcorder to “ON”. This function is used
when upconverting SD recordings to HD for playback on a HDTV.
W
T
ON OFF
MODE
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
On
Off
Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
Date View
1/10
0:10:31
Photo
Date
Play
01/JAN/2009
iSCENE View
1/10
0:02:03
Photo
iSCENE
Play
Auto
English_iii
Various methods for playback as you want with Multi View Option!
The Multi View Option enables you to sort thumbnails of recorded videos and photos
in the order of recording, recorded date, and the iSCENE mode for playback.
safety warnings
What the icons and signs in this user manual mean :
WARNING
Death or risk of serious personal injury.
CAUTION
Potential risk of personal injury or material damage.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of fire, explosion, electric shock, or personal injury when using your camcorder,
follow these basic safety precautions:
Hints or referential pages that may be helpful when operating the camcorder.
These warning signs are here to prevent injury to you and others.
Please follow them explicitly. After reading this section, keep it in a safe place for future reference.
precautions
Warning!
This camcorder should always be connected to an AC outlet with a protective grounding connection.
Batteries should not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire or similar.


Caution
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type.
If this power supply is used at 240V ac, a suitable plug adaptor should be used.
iv_English
BEFORE USING THIS CAMCORDER
This camcorder is designed exclusively for use with the high-capacity built-in memory (16GB (SMX-K44
only), (32GB (SMX-K45 only)) and an external memory card.
This camcorder records video in H.264/AVC (MPEG4 part 10/Advanced Video Coding) format compliant
with the Standard resolution (SD-VIDEO) format.
Please note that this camcorder is not compatible with other digital video formats.
Before recording important video, make a trial recording.
- Play back your trial recording to make sure the video and audio have been recorded properly.
The recorded contents cannot be compensated for:
- Samsung cannot compensate for any damages caused when recording is not made normally or recorded
contents cannot be played back because of a defect in the camcorder or memory card.
Also, Samsung cannot be held responsible for your recorded video and audio.
- Recorded contents may be lost due to an error when handling this camcorder or a memory card, etc. Samsung
shall not be held responsible for the loss of recorded contents, and cannot compensate for any damages.
Make a backup of important recorded data.
- Protect your important recorded data by copying the files to a PC. We recommend copying the data to your
PC or other recording media for storage. Refer to the software installation and USB connection guide.
Copyright: Please note that this camcorder is intended for consumer use only.
- Data recorded on a card in this camcorder from other digital/analog media or devices is protected by the
copyright act and cannot be used without permission of the copyright owner except for personal enjoyment.
Even if you record an event such as a show, performance or exhibition for personal enjoyment, it is strongly
recommended that you obtain permission beforehand.







English_v
1. Read these instructions.
2. Keep these instructions.
3. Heed all warnings.
4. Follow all instructions.
5. Do not use this apparatus near water.
6. Clean only with dry cloth.
7. Do not block any ventilation openings. Install in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
8. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators,
heat registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including
amplifiers) that produce heat.
9. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or
grounding-type plug. A polarized plug has two blades
with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug
has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide
blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If
the provided plug does not fit into your outlet, consult
an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet.
10. Protect the power cord from being walked on or
pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles,
and the point where they exit from the apparatus.
11. Only use attachment/accessories specified by the
manufacturer.
12. Use only with the cart, stand, tripod,
bracket, or table specified by the
manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus.
When a cart is used, use caution when
moving the cart/apparatus combination to
avoid injury from tipping over.
13. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when
unused for long periods of time.
14. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
Servicing is required when the apparatus has been
damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or
plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects
have fallen into the apparatus, the apparatus has been
exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate normally,
or has been dropped.
This symbol indicates that dangerous voltage consisting a risk of
electric shock is present within this unit.
This symbol indicates that there are important operating and
maintenance instructions in the literature accompanying this unit.
important safety instructions
Warning
To Reduce The Risk Of Fire Or Electric Shock, Do Not Expose This Apparatus To Rain Or Moisture.
Caution
Apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be
placed on the apparatus. To disconnect the apparatus from the mains, the plug must be pulled out from the mains
socket, therefore the mains plug shall be readily operable.
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK).
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFFER
SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
vi_English
15. Apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or
splashing and no objects filled with liquids, such as
vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
16. VENTILATION:
Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided
for ventilation to ensure reliable operation of the
CAMCORDER and to protect it from overheating.
These openings must not be blocked or covered.Never
place your CAMCORDER on a bed, sofa, rug, or other
similar surface: on or near a radiator or heat register.
This CAMCORDER should not be placed in a built-in
installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper
ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions
have been adhered to.
17. POWER SOURCES:
The CAMCORDER should be operated only from the
type of power source indicated on the label. If you are
not sure of the type of power supply at your home,
consult your appliance dealer or local power company.
A CAMCORDER is intended to be operated from
battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating
instructions.
18. GROUNDING OR POLARIZATION:
This CAMCORDER may be equipped with either a
polarized 2-wire AC line plug (a plug having one blade
wider than the other) or a 3-wire grounding type plug,
a plug having a third (grounding) pin. If you are unable
to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the
plug. If the plug still fails to fit, contact your electrician
to replace your outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose
of the polarized plug.
19. POWER-CORD PROTECTION:
Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are
not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed
upon or against them, paying particular attention to
cords or plugs, convenient receptacles, and the point
where they exit from the unit.
20. OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING:CAMCORDER,
be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded to
provide some protection against voltage surges and
built-up static charges, Section 810 of the National
Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA No. 70-1984, provides
information with respect to proper grounding of the
mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-
in wire and supporting structure, grounding of the
mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-
in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding
to conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit,
connection to grounding electrodes and requirements
for the grounding electrode. See figure below.
21. LIGHTNING:
For added protection of this CAMCORDER during a
lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused
for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet
and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will
prevent damage to the CAMCORDER due to lightning
and powerline surges.
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
(NEC SECTION 810-21)
GROUND CLAMPS
POWER SERVICE GROUNDING
ELECTRODE SYSTEM
(NEC ART 250, PART H)
NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
ELECTRIC
SERVICE
EQUIPMENT
GROUND
CLAMP
ANTENNA
LEAD IN
WIRE
ANTENNA
DISCHARGE UNIT
(NEC SECTION 810-20)
English_vii
viii_English
22. POWER LINES:
An outside antenna system should not be located
in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other
electric light or power circuits where it can fall into
such power lines or circuits. When installing an
outside antenna system, extreme care should be
taken to keep from touching such power lines or
circuits as contact with them might be fatal.
23. OVERLOADING:
Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords
as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock.
24. OBJECTS AND LIQUIDS:
Never push objects of any kind into this
CAMCORDER through openings as they may
touch dangerous voltage points or short out
a part that could result in a fire or electric
shock. Never spill liquids of any kind onto the
CAMCORDER. Should spillage occur, unplug unit
and have it checked by a technician before use.
25. SERVICING:
Do not attempt to service this CAMCORDER
yourself. Opening or removing covers may expose
you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer
all servicing to qualified service personnel.
26. DAMAGE REQUIRING SERVICE:
Unplug this CAMCORDER from the wall outlet
and refer servicing to qualified service personnel
under the following conditions:
a. When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged.
b. If any liquid has been spilled onto, or objects have
fallen into the CAMCORDER.
c. If the CAMCORDER has been exposed to rain or
water.
d. If the CAMCORDER does not operate normally
by following the operating instructions, adjust
only those controls that are covered by the
operating instructions. Improper adjustment of
other controls may result in damage and will often
require extensive work by a qualified technician to
restore the CAMCORDER to its normal operation.
e. If the CAMCORDER has been dropped or the
cabinet has been damaged.
f. When the CAMCORDER exhibits a distinct
change in performance, this indicates a need for
service.
27. REPLACEMENT PARTS:
When replacement parts are required, be sure the
service technician has used replacement parts
specified by the manufacturer and has the same
characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized
substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or
other hazards.
28. SAFETY CHECK:
Upon completion of any service or repairs to
this CAMCORDER, ask the service technician
to perform safety checks to determine that the
CAMCORDER is in safe operating order.
important safety instructions
English_ix
29. To prevent damage which may result in fire or shock hazard,
do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.
30. If this power supply is used at 240V ac, a suitable plug
adaptor should be used.
31. This product is covered by one or more of the following U.S.
patents:
5,060,220 5,457,669 5,561,649 5,705,762 5,987,417
6,043,912 6,222,983 6,272,096 6,377,524 6,377,531
6,385,587 6,389,570 6,408,408 6,466,532 6,473,736
6,477,501 6,480,829 6,556,520 6,556,521 6,556,522
6,578,163 6,594,208 6,631,110 6,658,588 6,674,697
6,674,957 6,687,455 6,697,307 6,707,985 6,721,243
6,721,493 6,728,474 6,741,535 6,744,713 6,744,972
6,765,853 6,765,853 6,771,890 6,771,891 6,775,465
6,778,755 6,788,629 6,788,630 6,795,637 6,810,201
6,862,256 6,868,054 6,894,963 6,937,552
USER INSTALLER CAUTION:
Your authority to operate this FCC certified equipment could
be voided if you make changes or modifications not expressly
approved by this party responsible for compliance to part 15
FCC rules.
NOTE:
Hg LAMP(S) INSIDE THIS PRODUCT CONTAIN MERCURY
AND MUST BE RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF
ACCORDING TO LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS. For
details see lamprecycle.org, eiae.org, or call 1-800-Samsung
(7267864)
CALIFORNIA USA ONLY
This Perchlorate warning applies only to primary CR
(Manganese Dioxide) Lithium coin cells in the product
sold or distributed ONLY in California USA
“ Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply,
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”
NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply
with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with
the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television
reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment
off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different
from that to which the receiver is connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for
help and for additional suggestions. The user may find the
following booklet prepared by the Federal Communications
Commission helpful: “How to Identify and Resolve Radio-TV
Interference Problems.” This Booklet is available from the U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402, Stock
No. 004-000-00345-4.
FCC Warning
The user is cautioned that changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions;
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
x_English
IMPORTANT NOTE
Handle the liquid crystal display (LCD) with care:
- The LCD is a very delicate display device: Do not press its surface with excessive force, hit it or prick it with a
sharp object.
- If you push the LCD surface, display unevenness may occur. If unevenness does not disappear, turn the
camcorder off, wait for a few moments, and then turn it on again.
- Do not place the camcorder with the open LCD screen down.
- Close the LCD monitor when not using the camcorder.
Liquid crystal display:
- The LCD screen is a product of high precision technology. Out of the total pixels (approx. 230,000 pixels of an
LCD monitor ), 0.01% or less pixels may be out (black dots) or may remain lit as colored dots (red, blue, and
green). This shows the limitations of the current technology, and does not indicate a fault that will interfere with
recording.
- The LCD screen will be slightly dimmer than usual when the camcorder is at low temperature, as in cold areas,
or right after the power is turned on. Normal brightness will be restored when the temperature inside the
camcorder rises. Note that this will have no effect on the image in a storage media, so there is no cause for
concern.
Hold the camcorder correctly:
- Do not hold the camcorder by the LCD monitor when lifting it: the LCD monitor could detach and the
camcorder may fall.
Do not subject the camcorder to impact:
- This camcorder is a precision machine. Take great care that you do not strike it against a hard object or let it
fall.
- Do not use the camcorder on a tripod in a place where it is subject to severe vibrations or impact.
No sand or dust!
- Fine sand or dust entering the camcorder or AC power adaptor could cause malfunctions or defects.
No water or oil!
- Water or oil entering the camcorder or AC power adaptor could cause electric shock, malfunctions or defects.
Heat on surface of product:
- The surface of the camcorder will be slightly warm when used, but this does not indicate a fault.







important information on use
English_xi
Be careful of unusual ambient temperature:
- Using the camcorder in a place where the temperature is over 104°F (40°C) or lower than 32°F (0°C) may result
in abnormal recording/playback.
- Do not leave the camcorder on a beach or in a closed vehicle where the temperature is very high for a long
time: This could cause a malfunction.
Do not point directly at the sun:
- If direct sunlight strikes the lens, the camcorder could malfunction or a fire could occur.
- Do not leave the camcorder with the LCD screen exposed to direct sunlight: This could cause a malfunction.
Do not use the camcorder near TV or radio:
- This could cause noise to appear on the TV screen or in radio broadcasts.
Do not use the camcorder near strong radio waves or magnetism:
- If the camcorder is used near strong radio waves or magnetism, such as near a radio transmitter tower or
electric appliances, noise could enter video and audio that are being recorded. During playback of normally
recorded video and audio, noise may also be present in picture and sound.
Do not expose the camcorder to soot or steam:
- Thick soot or steam could damage the camcorder case or cause a malfunction.
Do not use the camcorder near corrosive gas:
- If the camcorder is used in a place where there is dense exhaust gas generated by gasoline or diesel engines,
or corrosive gas such as hydrogen sulphide, the external or internal terminals could corrode, disabling normal
operation, or the battery connection terminals could corrode, so that power will not turn on.
Do not use the camcorder near an ultrasonic humidifier:
- Calcium and other chemicals dissolved in water could scatter in the air, and white particles could adhere to the
optical head of the camcorder, which could cause it to operate abnormally.
Do not clean the camcorder body with benzene or thinner:
- The coating of exterior could peel off or the case surface could deteriorate.
- When using a chemical cleaning cloth, follow the instructions.
Keep a memory card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
To disconnect the apparatus from the mains, the plug must be pulled out from the mains socket,
therefore the mains plug shall be readily operable.










xii_English
NOTES REGARDING TRADEMARK
All the trade names and registered trademarks mentioned in this manual or other documentation provided with
your Samsung product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.
Windows
®
is registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation, registered in the United States and other
countries.
Macintosh
®
is trademark of Apple Inc.
YouTube
®
is a trademark of Google Inc.
Flickr
®
is a trademark of Yahoo! Inc.
All the other product names mentioned herein may be the trademark or registered trademarks of their respective
companies.
Furthermore, “TM” and “®” are not mentioned in each case in this manual.







important information on use
ABOUT THIS USER MANUAL
Thank you for purchasing this Samsung Camcorder. Please read this user manual carefully before you use
the camcorder and keep it handy for future reference. Should your camcorder fail to operate correctly, refer to
Troubleshooting.
The 'SMX-K44'and 'SMX-K45' have a 16GB and 32GB built-in memory respectively but also use memory cards.
The 'SMX-K40' does not have built-in memory and uses memory cards exclusively.
Although some features of 'SMX-K40', 'SMX-K44' and 'SMX-K45' are different, they operate in the same way.
Illustrations of model SMX-K40 are used in this user manual.
The displays in this user manual may not be exactly the same as those you see on the LCD screen.
Designs and specifications of storage media and other accessories are subject to change without any notice.
In this user manual’s function descriptions, the icon on the on-screen display section means that it will appear on
the screen when you set the corresponding function.
Ex) Submenu item of “Video Resolution” ²page 55
-
(If set, corresponding icon ( ) will appear on the screen.)
Descriptions of the “built-in memory” in this user manual apply only to the following models: SMX-K44(16GB),
SMX-K45(32GB)







item contents on-screen display
"TV Super Fine" Videos recorded in 720x480(60i) resolution at super-fine image quality.
English_xiii
precautions during use
WARNING
Do not overload outlets or
extension cords as this may
result in abnormal heat or fire.
Using the camcorder at
temperatures over 140°F (60°
C) may result in fire. Keeping the
battery at a high temperature
may cause an explosion.
~GGGG{
~
{
Do not allow water or metal
and inflammable matter to
enter the camcorder or AC
power adaptor. Doing so may
pose a fire hazard.
~GGGG{
~
{
No sand or dust! Fine sand or
dust entering the camcorder
or AC power adaptor could
cause malfunctions or defects.
SAND
~GGGG{
~
{
The safety precautions illustrated below are to prevent personal injury or material damage. Heed all instructions carefully.
Unplug from power supply. Do not touch product. Prohibited action. WARNING
Death or risk of serious
personal injury.
This precaution must be kept. Do not disassemble product. CAUTION
Means that there is a
potential risk of personal
injury or material damage.
Do not bend the power-cord or
damage the AC power adaptor
by pressing on it with a heavy
object. There may be a risk of
fire or electric shock.
Do not disconnect the AC
adaptor by pulling on its
power-cord, as this could
damage the power-cord.
Do not aim the LCD screen
directly into the sun. Doing so
could cause eye injuries, as
well as lead to malfunctioning
of internal parts of the product.
~GGGG{
~
{
No oil! Oil entering the
camcorder or AC power
adaptor could cause electric
shock, malfunctions or
defects.
~GGGG{
~
{
L
I
O
xiv_English
Do not plug or unplug the power cord
with wet hands. There is a risk of electric
shock.
Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or
reform the camcorder or the AC adaptor to
avoid a risk of fire or electric shock.
Keep the power-cord unplugged when
not in use or during lightning storms to
prevent fire hazard.
When cleaning the AC adaptor, unplug
the power-cord to avoid a risk of a
malfunction or electric shock.
If the camcorder makes an abnormal sound,
or smells or smokes, unplug the power-cord
immediately and request service from a Samsung
service center. There is a risk of fire or personal
injury.
W
4
4 W
Do not use the AC adaptor if it has
damaged, split or broken cords or wires.
Doing so may cause fire or electric shock.
Do not connect the AC adaptor unless the
plug can be fully inserted with no part of
the blades exposed.
Keep the used lithium battery or memory
card out of the reach of children. If the
lithium battery or memory card is swallowed
by children, consult a physician immediately.
Keep the camcorder away from water
when used near the beach or pool or
when it rains. There is a risk of malfunction
or electric shock.
W
4
4 W
If the camcorder malfunctions, immediately
detach the AC adaptor or battery from the
camcorder immediately to avoid fire or injury.
W
4
4 W
precautions during use
Do not dispose of battery pack in a fire as
it may explode.
Never use cleaning fluid or similar
chemicals. Do not spray cleaners directly
on the camcorder.
~GGGG{
~
{
d i u l f g n i n a e l c
English_xv
CAUTION
Do not expose the camcorder to soot or
steam. Thick soot or steam could damage
the camcorder case or cause a malfunction.
Do not press the surface of the LCD with
force, or hit it with a sharp object.
If you push the LCD surface, display
unevenness may occur.
~GGGG{
~
{
Do not expose the camcorder to insecticide.
Insecticide entering the camcorder could
cause the product to operate abnormally.
Turn the camcorder off and cover it with vinyl
sheet, etc. before using insecticide.
E
D I
C I T
C E S
N I
Do not use the camcorder near dense exhaust
gas generated by gasoline or diesel engines,
or corrosive gas such as hydrogen sulphide.
Doing so may corrode the external or internal
terminals, disabling normal operation.
Do not leave the camcorder in a closed
vehicle where the temperature is very high
for a long time.
Do not expose the camcorder to sand or
water when recording at the beach or pool,
or recording on a rainy day. Doing so may
cause a malfunction or electric shock.
Do not use the camcorder in direct sunlight
or near heating equipment. This will
especially shorten the operation range of
the remote control which uses infrared rays.
Do not use the camcorder on a tripod (not
supplied) in a place where it is subject to
severe vibrations or impact.
Do not drop or expose the camcorder,
battery pack, AC adaptor or other
accessories to severe vibrations or impact.
This may cause a malfunction or injury.
~GGGG{
~
{
xvi_English
Use Samsung-approved accessories only. Using
products from other manufacturers may cause
overheating, fire, explosion, electric shock or
personal injuries due to abnormal operation.
w
T
T w
Do not use the camcorder near strong radio
waves or magnetism such as speakers or
large motors. Noise could enter video or
audio that is being recorded.
W
4
4
W
Place the camcorder on a stable surface
and a place with ventilation openings.
W
4
4 W
Keep important data separately.
Samsung is not responsible for data loss.
Do not wipe the camcorder body with
benzene or thinner. The exterior coating could
peel off or the case surface could deteriorate.
W
4
4
W
Do not expose the camcorder to sudden
changes in temperature or humid places.
There is also a risk of defect or electric shock
when using outdoors during lightning storms.
W
4
4 W
Do not place the camcorder with the open
LCD screen down.
Do not use the camcorder near TV or
radio. This could cause noise on the TV
screen or to radio broadcasts.
W
4
4 W
Do not leave the LCD monitor open when
not using the camcorder.
Do not hold the camcorder by the LCD
monitor when lifting it. The LCD monitor
could detach and the camcorder may fall.
precautions during use
contents
QUICK START GUIDE
07
GETTING TO KNOW YOUR
CAMCORDER
11
PREPARATION
15
ABOUT THE STORAGE MEDIA
36
RECORDING
42
07 You can record videos in H.264 format!
11 What's included with your camcorder
12 Front & left view
13 Right & top / bottom view
14 Rear view
15 Attaching the grip belt
15 Attaching the core filter
15 Adjusting the LCD screen
16 Connecting a power source
23 Basic operation of your camcorder
24 Switching to the power saving mode
25 LCD screen indicators
30 Turning the screen indicators on/off ( )
30 Using the LCD enhancer function
31 Setting the Anti-Shake (OIS: Optical Image Stabilizer) ( )
32 Shortcut menu (OK guide)
33 Shortcut function using the Control buttons
34 Initial setting : Time Zone, Date and Time & OSD Language
36 Selecting the storage media (SMX-K44/K45 only)
37 Inserting / ejecting a memory card
38 Selecting a suitable memory card
40 Recordable time and capacity
42 Recording videos
43 Recording with ease for beginners (EASY Q Mode)
44 Taking photos
45 Zooming in and out
English_03
contents
46 Changing the playback mode
47 Playing videos
50 Viewing photos
51 Changing the menu settings
53 Menu items
54 Using the recording menu items
54 iSCENE
55 Video Resolution
55 Photo Resolution
56 16:9 Wide
56 White Balance
57 Aperture
58 Shutter Speed
59 EV (Exposure Value)
60 C.Nite
60 Back Light
61 Focus
63 Digital Effect
64 Fader
64 Wind Cut
65 Zoom Type
66 Time Lapse REC
68 Guideline
69 Menu items
70 Multi view option
71 Play option
72 Delete
73 Protect
74 Copy (SMX-K44/K45 only)
PLAYBACK
46
RECORDING OPTIONS
51
PLAYBACK OPTIONS
69
04_English
SETTINGS OPTIONS
82
75 Using VIEW
76 Story-board print
77 Edit (Divide)
79 Edit (Combine)
80 Slide show
81 Slide show option
81 File info
82 Changing the menu settings in "Settings"
83 Menu items
84 Using the settings menu items
84 Storage Type (SMX-K44/K45 only)
84 Storage Info
85 Format
85 File No.
86 Time Zone
88 Date/Time Set
88 Date Type
88 Time Type
89 Date/Time Display
89 LCD Brightness
89 LCD Color
90 Auto LCD Off
90 Menu Design
90 Transparency
91 Beep Sound
91 Shutter Sound
91 Auto Power Off
92 Quick On STBY
93 PC Software
93 TV Display
93 Default Set
93 Version
93 Language
94 Demo
94 Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)
English_05
contents
95 Connecting to a TV
98 Viewing on a TV screen
99 Recording (dubbing ) images on a VCR or DVD/HDD recorder
100 Checking your computer type
101 What you can do with a Windows computer
102 Using the Intelli-studio program
108 Transferring videos/photos from the camcorder to your
computer
110 Maintenance
111 Additional information
113 Using your camcorder abroad
114 Troubleshooting
126 Specifications
CONNECTING TO OTHER
DEVICES
95
USING WITH A WINDOWS
COMPUTER
100
MAINTENANCE & ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
110
TROUBLESHOOTING
SPECIFICATIONS
06_English
quick start guide
+This quick start guide introduces the basic operation and features of your
camcorder. See the reference pages for more information.
1. Insert a memory card. ²page 37
• You can use commercially available SDHC
(SD High Capacity) cards with this camcorder.
• Set the appropriate storage media. ²page 36
(SMX-K44/K45 only)
2. Insert the battery into the battery slot. ²page 16
You can record videos in H.264 format!
You can record videos in H.264 format, which enables you to conveniently email and share videos with your
friends and family. You can also take photos with your camcorder.
Step1: Get ready
English_07
Your camcorder uses advanced H.264 compression
technology to realize the clearest video quality. ²page 109
1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder.
Your camcorder turns on automatically when you
open the LCD screen.
You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing
the Power ( ) button.
2. Press the Recording start/stop button.
• To stop recording, press the Recording start/stop
button.


1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder.
Your camcorder turns on automatically when you
open the LCD screen.
You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing
the Power ( ) button.
2. Press the PHOTO button fully when you are ready.


RECORDING VIDEOS WITH H.264 FORMAT RECORDING PHOTOS
• Your camcorder is compatible with H.264 recording format, which achieves efficient coding of high quality video
with less capacity.
• You can record videos in SD (standard definition). The default setting is “TV Fine (720x480/60i).” ²page 55
• You can not take photos while you are recording videos.
Step 2: Record with your camcorder
quick start guide
~
{
vu
vmm
tvkl
Recording start/stop button
LCD screen
Zoom lever
CHG indicator
PHOTO button
08_English
9999
0:00:00 [475Min]
VIEWING ON A TV
• You can enjoy detailed, brilliant quality videos on a connected TV. ²page 98
VIEWING THE LCD SCREEN OF YOUR CAMCORDER
You can find your desired recordings quickly by using the thumbnail index view.
1. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
The thumbnail index view appears. The thumbnail of the latest created or
played file is highlighted.
2. Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
3. Use the Control (S/T / W / X) button to select a desired video or photo,
and then press the Control button (OK).


Step 3: Play back videos or photos
Step 4: Save recorded videos or photos
Simple and fun! Enjoy the various features of Intelli-studio on your Windows computer.
Using the Intelli-studio program built in your camcorder, you can import videos/photos into your
computer, edit or share the videos/photos with your friends. For details, see page 102.
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
English_09
Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
SHARING VIDEOS/PHOTOS ON YouTube/Flickr
Share your contents with the world, by uploading photos and videos directly to a web site with a single click.
Click on the “Share” “Upload to Share Site” tab on the browser. ²page 105
The Intelli-studio runs automatically once the camcorder is connected to a Windows computer (when you
specify “PC Software: On”). ²page 93
If the storage media is full, you cannot record new videos or photos. Delete videos or photos data that have been
saved on a computer from the storage media. Then you can record new videos or photos on newly freed-up space.
Press the MODE button to switch the Play mode Press the MENU button Š Control button
(S/T / W / X/OK) to select "Delete." ²page 72
Step 5: Delete videos or photos
IMPORTING AND VIEWING VIDEOS/PHOTOS FROM THE CAMCORDER TO YOUR PC
1. Launch the Intelli-studio program by connecting the camcorder to your
PC via the USB cable.
• A new file saving screen appears with the Intelli-studio main window.
Click “Yes”, the uploading procedure will start.
2. Click “Import folder” to import the videos or photos from the PC to
Intelli-studio, you will see the files location on the Intelli-studio browser.
3. You can double-click on the file you would like to start playing.
Imported Files
Folders directory on your PC
“Import folder” button
quick start guide
10_English
WHAT'S INCLUDED WITH YOUR CAMCORDER
Your new camcorder comes with the following accessories. If any of these items are missing from your box, call
Samsung’s Customer Care Center.
+ The exact shape of each item may vary by model.
Battery pack
(IA-BH130LB)
AD43-00190A
AC power adaptor
(AA-MA9 type)
AD44-00151A
Audio/Video cable
AD39-00168A
USB cable
AD39-00169A
Quick start guide
AD68-03848A
User manual CD
AD46-00259A
Core filter
3301-001502
Mini HDMI cable*
AD39-00159A
Carrying case*
AD69-00929A
getting to know your camcorder
The contents may vary depending on the sales region.
Parts and accessories are available for purchase at your local Samsung dealer. SAMSUNG is
not responsible for reduced battery life time or malfunctions caused by any unauthorized use of
accessories such as the AC adaptor or the batteries.
A memory card is not included. See page 38 for memory cards compatible with your camcorder.
Your camcorder includes a user manual CD and a quick start guide (printed).
* : This is an optional accessory. To buy one, contact your nearest Samsung dealer.





English_11
Model Name
built-in
memory
memory
card slot
LCD screen Lens
SMX-K40 -
1 slot color
52x (Optical),
65x (Intelli),
2200x (Digital)
SMX-K44 16GB
SMX-K45 32GB
~
{
vu
vmm
tvkl
FRONT & LEFT VIEW
getting to know your camcorder
12_English
MENU button Anti-Shake (OIS) ( ) button
Control button (S/T/W/X/ OK), Zoom (W/T) button LCD Enhancer ( ) button
Recording start/stop button EASY Q button
LCD screen Display ( )/ VIEW button
Power ( ) button HD OUTPUT switch (ON/OFF) 5
4
1
2
3
6
7
9
10
8
~
{
v
u
v
m
m
tvkl
§ ¸ ¸[
¸
¸
¸
¸ ¸ ¸
RIGHT & TOP / BOTTOM VIEW
SDHC
Usable Memory Card
(32GB Max)
Zoom lever (W/T) Battery pack/ Memory card cover
PHOTO button ⓐ Battery pack slot
Grip belt ⓑ Memory card slot
Grip belt hook OPEN
Built-in speaker Tripod receptacle
Internal microphone
4
1
2
3
6
7
8
5 9
English_13
Be careful not to cover the internal microphone and lens during recording.
CAUTION
¸
¸
¸
¸ ¸ §


[
¸
¸
14_English
getting to know your camcorder
REAR VIEW
Mode indicator Jack cover
: Record mode (Video/Photo) ⓐ HDMI jack ( )
: Play mode ⓑ USB jack ( )
MODE button ⓒ AV jack (AV)
Recording start/stop button ⓓ DC IN jack (DC IN)
CHG (charging) indicator 4
1
2
3
5




¸
¸
¸ ¸ ¸
preparation
This section provides information that you should know before using this camcorder: such as how to use the provided
accessories, how to charge the battery, and how to setup the operation mode and initialize setup.
English_15
ADJUSTING THE LCD SCREEN
The wide LCD screen on your camcorder offers high quality image viewing.
1. Open the LCD screen with your finger.
• The screen opens up to 90°.
2. Rotate the LCD screen towards the lens.
• You can rotate it up to 180° towards the lens and up to 90° backward. To view recordings
more conveniently, rotate the screen by 180° towards the lens, then fold it back to the body.
When the LCD screen is rotated by 180°, the left and right sides of the subject are shown in reverse, which produces
horizontally flipped image.
Remove fingerprints or dust on the screen with a soft cloth.


WARNING
Excessive rotation may damage the connective hinge between the screen and the
camcorder.
ATTACHING THE GRIP BELT
Adjust the length of grip belt so that the camcorder is stable when you
press the Recording start/stop button with your thumb.
Please note if the hand strap is adjusted too tight and you use
excessive force to insert your hand, the hand strap hook of the
camcorder may be damaged.
WARNING
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
¸ ¸
ATTACHING THE CORE FILTER
Attach the core filters to the cables. The core filter reduces interference.
1. To open the core filter, release the stoppers on both
ends of the core filter.
2. Attach the core filter to the cable near its connecter as
shown in the figure.
3. Close the core filter until it clicks shut.
Take care not to damage the cable.
When connecting a cable, attach the end with the
core filter to the camcorder.


Core Filter
¸ ¸
Stopper
Wind the cable so that it is not slack.
a mini HDMI cable
a USB cable
¸
CONNECTING A POWER SOURCE
Be sure to charge the battery pack before you start using your camcorder.
Use the IA-BH130LB battery pack only.
The battery pack may be charged a little at the time of purchase.
Battery pack insertion/ejection
It is recommended you purchase one or more additional battery packs to allow continuous use of your camcorder.
Inserting the battery pack
1. Slide and open the battery slot cover as shown in the figure.
2. Insert the battery pack into the battery slot until it locks.
Make sure that the SAMSUNG logo is facing up while
the battery pack is placed as shown in the figure.
3. Slide and close the battery slot cover.
Ejecting the battery pack
1. Pull the ejected battery out in the direction as shown in the
figure.
2. Slide and close the battery slot cover.




Remove the battery pack separately from the camcorder
while not in use.
We recommend preparing an additional battery pack for
prolonged outdoor use.
Additional battery packs can be purchased from samsungparts.com.



preparation
Insert
Eject
16_English
Charging the battery
You can charge the battery using the AC power adaptor or USB cable.
1. Press the Power ( ) button to turn off the camcorder. ²page 23
2. Insert the battery in the camcorder. ²page 16
3. Open the connector cover of the unit.
4. Charge the battery using the AC power adaptor or USB cable.
The CHG (charge) lamp lights up and charging starts. When the
battery is fully charged, the charging (CHG) lamp turns green.
²page 18
Using the AC power
adaptor
Connect the AC power adaptor to the camcorder
properly and plug the AC power adaptor in the
wall outlet.
Using the USB cable
Connect the USB cable to the camcorder properly
and connect the other end to a USB port of a PC.

Charging the battery pack at low temperature may take longer or fail
to fully charge (green indicator will not turn on).
Please make sure that there are no foreign substances in the plug and
socket when you connect the AC power supply to the camcorder.
Fully charge the battery pack before use.
When using the AC power supply, place it close to the wall outlet.
If you experience a malfunction while using the camcorder, separate the
AC power supply immediately from the wall outlet.
Do not use the AC power supply in a tight space, such as between furnishings.





When recording indoors with an available wall outlet, it is convenient to use the AC power supply instead of the
battery pack.
It is recommended to charge the battery pack in a place with ambient temperature of 50˚F~86˚F (10°C ~ 30°C).
When charging, if both the USB cable and AC power adaptor are connected, the AC power adaptor will override
the USB.
If the camcorder is turned on, the battery will still charge, but more charging time will be needed. It is recommended
you to keep the camcorder turned off while charging.




CAUTION
Connecting the USB cable
vu vmm
tvkl
Connecting the AC power adaptor
vu vmm
tvkl
vu
vmm
vu
vmm
English_17
Charging indicator
Tips for battery identification
+The color of the LED indicates the charging status.
If the battery has been fully charged, the charge indicator is green.
While the battery is being charged, the charge indicator lights orange.
If an error occurs while the battery is being charged, the charge
indicator blinks orange.



preparation
<Charging indicator>
Charging state
Charge
Charging Fully Charged Error
LED Color (Orange) (Green) (Orange Blink)
Charging (CHG) lamp
The color of the charging indicator shows the charging state.
Battery Level
Indicator
State Message
Fully charged -
20%~40% used -
40%~60% used -
60%~80% used -
80%~99% used -
Exhausted (flickers): The device will soon turn off.
Change the battery pack as soon as possible.
-
- (flickers): The device will be forced to turn off after 3 seconds. "Low battery"
Battery Level Display
The Battery Level Display shows the amount of battery power remaining in the battery pack.
Before using the camcorder, charge the battery.
Above figures are based on a fully charged battery pack at normal temperature.
Low ambient temperature may affect the use time.


18_English
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
9999
Charging, recording and playback times with fully charged battery pack
(with no zoom operation, etc.)
For your reference, the approximate time with fully charged battery pack:
Battery type IA-BH130LB
Charging time
Using the AC power adaptor approx. 2 hr.
Using the USB cable approx. 4 hr.
Video resolution
720 x 480 (60i) 640 x 480 (30p)
TV Super
Fine ( )
TV Fine ( )
TV Normal
( )
Web Fine ( )
Web Normal
( )
Mode
Continuous
recording time
approx. 120min.
Playback time approx. 140min.
- The time is only for reference. Figures shown above are measured under Samsung's test environment, and may
differ according to user and condition.
- We recommend using the AC power adaptor when using the Time Lapse REC function.
Continuous Recording (without zoom)
The continuous recording time of the camcorder in the table shows the available recording time when the camcorder
is in the recording mode without using any other function after recording starts. When actually recording, the battery
pack may discharge 2-3 times faster than this reference, since the record start/stop and zoom functions are being
operated, and playback is performed. Prepare additional charged battery pack(s) to allow for the time you are planning
to record on the camcorder. Note that the battery pack discharges faster in a cold environment.

English_19
About the battery pack
The benefits of the battery pack: the Battery pack is small but has a large power capacity. It should be recharged
at temperatures between 50°F ~ 86°F (10°C ~ 30°C).
However, when it is exposed to cold temperatures (below 32°F (0°C)), its usage time is reduced and it may cease
to function. If this happens, place the battery pack in your pocket or any other warm, protected place for a short
time, then reattach it to the camcorder.
The continuous recording times in the operating instructions are measured using a fully charged battery pack at
25 °C (77 °F). As the environmental temperature and conditions vary, the remaining battery time may differ from the
approximate continuous recording times given in the instructions.
Handling the battery pack
To preserve battery power, keep your camcorder turned off when you are not operating it.
To save battery power, you can set the "Auto Power Off" function, which turns off the camcorder if there is no
operation for 5 minutes. To disable this option, change the setting of "Auto Power Off" to "Off." ²page 91
Do not allow metallic objects to come into contact with the terminals.
Make sure that the battery pack fits firmly into place. Do not drop the battery pack.
Dropping the battery pack may cause damage.
Be careful to keep the battery pack out of the reach of children. It is a choking hazard if swallowed.
Frequent use of the LCD screen or using the fast forward or rewind buttons wears out the battery pack faster.
Remove the battery pack from the camcorder for safekeeping after using your camcorder.
Leaving the battery pack for an extended period of time may discharge the battery pack completely.
- A battery pack which is completely discharged may not turn on the recharging LED during charging.
It is designed to protect the battery pack. If the recharging LED turns on normally within 5 minutes, use the
battery pack as normal.










preparation
20_English
Use only Samsung-approved battery packs.
Do not use batteries from other manufacturers because there is a danger of overheating, fire or explosion.
Samsung is not responsible for problems occurring due to using unapproved batteries.
Maintaining the battery pack
We recommend only using the original battery pack that is available from your Samsung retailer. When the battery
reaches the end of its life, please contact your local dealer. The batteries have to be dealt with as chemical waste.
Clean the terminals to remove any foreign substances before inserting the battery.
Do not put the battery pack near any heat source (i.e. fire or heater).
Do not disassemble, apply pressure to, or heat the battery pack.
Do not allow the '+' and '-' terminals of the battery pack to be short-circuited.
It may cause leakage, heat generation, induce overheating or fire.
Do not expose the battery pack to water. The battery pack is not water resistant.
When fully discharged, a battery pack damages the internal cells.
The battery pack may be prone to leakage when fully discharged.
Remove the battery pack from the charger or camcorder when not in use. Even when the power is switched off,
the battery pack will still discharge if it is left attached to the camcorder.
When not using the camcorder for an extended period:
It is recommended that you charge the battery pack once every 6 months, attach it to the camcorder and use it up:
then remove the battery pack and store it in a cool place.
About the battery life
Battery capacity decreases over time and through repeated use. If decreased usage time between charges
becomes significant, it is probably time to replace it with a new one.
Each battery's life is governed by storage, operating and environmental conditions.











English_21
Using a household power source
Make the same connections as you do when charging the battery pack.
The battery pack will not lose its charge in this case.
Using the camcorder with the AC power adaptor
It is recommended that you use the AC power adaptor to power the camcorder from a household AC outlet when you
perform settings on it, play back, or use it indoors.
- Make the same connections as you do when charging the battery pack. ²page 17
Before detaching the power source, make sure that the camcorder’s power is turned off.
Failure to do so can result in camcorder malfunction.
Use a nearby wall outlet when using the AC power adaptor. Disconnect the AC power adaptor from the wall outlet
immediately if any malfunction occurs while using your camcorder.
Do not use the AC power adaptor in a narrow space, such as between a wall and furniture.



Be sure to use the specified AC power adaptor to power the camcorder.
Using other AC power adaptors could cause electric shock or result in fire.
The AC power adaptor can be used around the world. An AC plug adaptor is required in some foreign countries. If you
need one, purchase it from your distributor.


CAUTION
22_English
preparation
When using this camcorder for the first time
When you use your camcorder for the first time or reset it, the time zone screen appears for the startup display. Select your
geographical location and set the date and time. If you do not set the date and time, the time zone screen appears every time
you turn on the camcorder.

This camcorder provides one record mode for both video and photo recordings.
You can easily record videos or photos in the same mode without having to switch modes.
When the camcorder is turned on, the self-diagnosis function operates and a message may appear.
In this case, refer to "Warning indicators and messages" (on pages 114-116) and take corrective action.


Mode Functions
Record mode To record videos or photos.
Play mode To play videos or photos, or edit them.
English_23
BASIC OPERATION OF YOUR CAMCORDER
This section explains the basic techniques of recording videos or photos and also basic settings on your camcorder.
Set the appropriate operation mode according to your preference using the Power ( ) and MODE buttons.
Turning the camcorder on or off
1. Open the LCD screen to turn the camcorder on.
Your camcorder turns on automatically when you open the LCD screen.
The lens opens automatically when the camcorder is powered on.
You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
2. To turn off the camcorder, press the Power ( ) button.
Closing the LCD screen will not turn the camcorder off.
Setting the operating modes
• You can switch the operating mode in the following order each time you press the MODE button.
Each time the operational mode changes, the respective mode indicator lights up.
- Record mode
o
Play mode
o
Record mode




~
{
vu
vmm
tvkl
Power ( ) button
MODE button
SWITCHING TO THE POWER SAVING MODE
• The power saving mode does not work in the following situations:
- When the camcorder has a cable connection. (USB, AV or HDMI)
- While recording, playback, or the slideshow is being operated.
- When the LCD screen is opened.
• The camcorder consumes the less battery power in the power saving mode (about 50% of the power consumption
in the standby mode) However, if you plan to use the camcorder for the maximum length of time period, it is
recommended to turn off the camcorder by pressing the Power ( ) button when not using it.
preparation
24_English
If you need to use camcorder for the extended time, the following functions enable you to prevent unnecessary energy
consumption.
In STBY mode:
• The camcorder switches to "Quick On STBY" mode when the LCD screen is closed. ²page 92
In Playback mode (Includes the thumbnail view mode):
• The camcorder switches to the sleep mode when the LCD screen is closed, and then if idle for more than 20
minutes the camcorder turns off. However, if “Auto Power Off: 5 Min” is set, the camcorder turns off in 5
minutes.
• If you open the LCD screen or connect a cable to the camcorder during sleep mode, the sleep mode ends and
returns back to the last used operation mode.
<When the power is on> <Sleep mode> <Power off>
LCD screen is open LCD screen is closed After 20 minutes
Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
LCD SCREEN INDICATORS
The above screen is an example for explanation:
It is different from the actual display.
The on-screen indicators are based on an 16GB SDHC
memory card capacity.
Functions marked with * will not be kept when the camcorder
is turned off and on again.
For enhanced performance, the display indications and the
order are subject to change without prior notice.
This camcorder provides one combined video and photo
record mode. You can easily record videos or photos in the
same mode without having to change it.
The total number of recordable photos is counted based on
available space on the storage media.
The number of recordable photos on the OSD is a maximum of
9,999.







Video and Photo record mode
Time Lapse REC *
Operating mode ( STBY (Standby) / z (Recording))
Time counter
(Video recording time: remaining recordable time)
Photo image counter
(Total number of recordable photos)
Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory
(SMX-K44/K45 only))
Battery info. (Remaining battery level)
Photo Resolution / Video Resolution
Anti-Shake (OIS)
LCD Enhancer *
Back Light
Wind Cut
Fader *
Zoom (Optical Zoom / Intelli-Zoom / Digital Zoom)
Date/Time Display
Time Zone
Digital Effect
EV (Exposure Value) *
Manual Aperture */ Manual Shutter Speed */ C.Nite *
Manual Focus * / Face Detection *
White Balance
iSCENE / EASY Q
Record mode ( / )
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM
21
22
15
Time Lapse Recording
6
8
10
11
13
9
14
7
5
13
9999
1 2 3 4 5
12
19
17
16
+0.3
1Sec / Hr
18
20
15
18
21
19
18 1/30
English_25
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Quick View
Focus* (Auto Focus/Face Detection/Manual Focus)
Shortcut menu (OK Guide) / Return
EV (Exposure Value) *
iSCENE
Video and Photo record mode :
Shortcut menu (OK Guide)
1
2
3
4
5
Video and Photo record mode :
Shortcut menu (Manual)
Manual Control Bar/ Value
Menu name
Shortcut menu (OK Guide) / Return
Value adjust (down)
Value adjust (up)
1
2
3
4
5
The illustration to the left shows the EV
(Exposure Value) screen.
Functions marked with * will not be kept when
the camcorder restarts.
The shortcut menu (OK guide) represents the
most frequently accessed functions according
to the selected mode. Pressing the OK button
will display a shortcut menu of frequently used
functions on the LCD screen.



LCD SCREEN INDICATORS
0:00:00 [475Min]
9999
STBY
3
4
5
2 1
preparation
9999
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
EV
0
3
4
5
1 2
26_English
100-0001 JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM
2 3 4 1
11
5
6
7
9
10
8
0:00:00/0:00:55
100-0006 Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
1 2 3
4
7
8
9
1
6
10
11
5
Move Play Photo
12
3
3
English_27
Video Play mode : Single View
Video Play mode
Play Status ( Play ( X) / Pause ( ZZ))
Time code (Elapsed time / Recorded time)
Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory
(SMX-K44/K45 only))
Battery info (Remaining battery level)
Video Resolution
Protection
LCD Enhancer
File Name (File number)
Date/Time Display
Play Option
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Video Play mode : Thumbnail View
Video Play mode
Copy Selected (SMX-K44/K45 only)
Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory
(SMX-K44/K45 only))
Battery info (Remaining battery level)
Now / Total file number
Error File
Scroll bar
Delete Selected
Button Guide
Edit (Combine)
Protection
Recorded time
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
preparation
28_English
Reverse playback search ²page 33
( Skip/Search/Slow motion/Frame-by-frame)
Volume Down
Play ( X) / Pause ( ZZ)
Forward playback search ²page 33
( Skip/Search/Slow motion/Frame-by-frame)
Volume Up
Video Play mode : Shortcut menu (OK Guide)
1
2
3
4
5
Date/Time Display
Volume Bar
Video Play mode : Single (Volume)
1
2
LCD SCREEN INDICATORS
100-0001
0:00:00/0:00:55
Multi View
3
4
5
2 1
0:00:00/0:00:55
100-0001 JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM
1
2
3
3
English_29
Photo Play mode : Single View
Photo Play mode : Thumbnail View
Photo Play mode
Protection
Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory
(SMX-K44/K45 only))
Battery info (Remaining battery level)
Now / Total file number
Error File
Scroll bar
Delete Selected
Button Guide
Copy Selected (SMX-K44/K45 only)
File name (File number)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Photo Play mode
Slide Show
Image counter
(Current image / total number of recorded images)
Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory
(SMX-K44/K45 only))
Battery info (Remaining battery level)
Photo Resolution
Protection
LCD Enhancer
File name (File number)
OK Guide (Next image)
Shortcut menu (OK Guide) / Return
OK Guide (Previous image)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
100-0001
1/10
Multi View
11
12
10
5
7
8
6
9
1 2 3 4
1/10
1 3
4
5
9
6
10
8
7
Normal View
Move Full View Video
100-0001
2
11
11
USING THE LCD ENHANCER FUNCTION
Contrast is enhanced for a clear and bright image. This effect is also implemented outdoors in bright daylight.
You can also adjust the screen brightness in two-level increments.
1. Press the LCD ENHANCER ( ) button.
LCD adjust ( ) indicator appears and the LCD brightens.
2. You can switch the LCD enhancer function in the following order each time you press
the LCD ENHANCER ( ) button.
LCD enhancer 1-level ( ): LCD enhancer is executed.
LCD enhancer 2-level ( ): You can make a brighter-screen than using just one-level
adjustment.
LCD enhancer function does not affect the quality of the image being recorded.
When LCD enhancer operates in low illumination, some stripes may occur on the
LCD screen. It is not a malfunction and will not be recorded on your video.
Using the LCD Enhancer function may cause colors to look different on the display.








Ÿ

preparation
Ÿ
30_English
TURNING THE SCREEN INDICATORS ON/OFF ( )
Switching the information display mode
You can switch the on-screen information display mode:
Press the Display ( ) button while the camcorder is on.
The full and minimum display modes will alternate.
Full display mode: All relevant information will appear.
Minimum display mode: Only operating status indicators will appear.


If the camcorder has warning information, a warning message will appear.
In the menu screen, the Display ( ) button will be deactivated.
To activate iVIEW function, press the Display ( ) button in thumbnail index view
screen. ²page 75



<Minimum display mode>
STBY
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
9999
English_31
SETTING THE ANTI-SHAKE (OIS: OPTICAL IMAGE STABILIZER) ( )
This function works only in Record mode. ²page 23
Anti-Shake (OIS) is a function that, within reasonable limits, compensates for shaking
movements produced when filming hand-held. Anti-Shake (OIS) provides a more
stable image when:
- Recording with deep zooming
- Recording a close up picture of a small object
- Recording while walking, or moving
- Recording through the window, from inside a vehicle
Press the Anti-Shake (OIS) ( ) button to toggle the Anti-Shake (OIS) mode
between On and Off.
The EASY Q mode automatically sets the Anti-Shake (OIS) to On.
When Anti-Shake (OIS): On is set, there will be a slight difference between the actual movement and the movement on
screen.
Excessive camcorder shake may not be entirely corrected even if Anti-Shake (OIS): On is set.
Firmly hold the camcorder with both hands.
It is recommended that you specify Anti-Shake (OIS): Off when using the camcorder on a desk or tripod (not supplied).
When you record images with high magnification and the Anti-Shake (OIS) is set to On in dark locations, after-images
may stand out. In this case, we recommend using a tripod (not supplied) and turning the Anti-Shake (OIS) to Off.







0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
9999
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
SHORTCUT MENU (OK GUIDE)
The Shortcut menu (OK guide) represents the most frequently accessed functions according to the selected mode.
+For example: Setting EV (Exposure Value) in the Record mode using
the Shortcut menu (OK guide).
1. Press the OK button in STBY mode.
The Shortcut menu (OK guide) is displayed.
2. Press the Control button (W) to select “EV” mode.
Press the Control button (W / X) to adjust the exposure while viewing the
image on the LCD screen.
3. Press the OK button to confirm your selection.
Press the OK button to exit the shortcut menu.
Exposure value setting will be applied and ( ) indicator and setting
value are displayed.




The Shortcut menu (OK guide) cannot be used in the EASY Q mode.
Before selecting a menu item, please check that you set the appropriate mode first.


preparation
32_English
Auto Exposure
9999
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
OK
9999
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
EV
+1.0
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
9999
+1.0
English_33
SHORTCUT FUNCTION USING THE CONTROL BUTTONS
Button Record (
/
) mode
Play ( ) mode
Menu
selection
Video Play ( ) mode Photo Play ( ) mode
OK
- Access the shortcut menu
- Confirm selection
- Exit the shortcut menu
- Shortcut menu
(OK guide) is
displayed
- Playback / Pause
Single image
playback
Confirms
selection
UP
- iSCENE
- Zoom (wide)
lncreases the volume lncreases the volume
Moves
the cursor
up
DOWN
- Focus
- Zoom (tele)
Decreases the volume Decreases the volume
Moves
the cursor
down
LEFT
EV
- Search playback RPS
(Reverse Playback Search) rate:
x2
o
x4
o
x8
o
x16
- Frame-by-frame playback
- Slow motion playback
(Reverse slow playback) rate:
x1/2
o
x1/4
o
x1/8
o
x1/16
- Previous Skip Playback
Previous image
Moves
to the
previous
menu
RIGHT
Quick View
- Search playback FPS
(Forward Playback Search) rate:
x2
o
x4
o
x8
o
x16
- Next Skip Playback
- Frame-by-frame playback
- Slow motion playback
(Forward slow playback) rate:
x1/2
o
x1/4
o
x1/8
o
x1/16
Next image
Moves to
the next
menu
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
INITIAL SETTING : TIME ZONE, DATE AND TIME & OSD LANGUAGE
Initial setting is available in all operating modes.
To read the menus or messages in your desired language, set the OSD language.
To store the date and time during recording, set the time zone and date/time.
Turning the power on and setting the date and time
Set the date and time when using the camcorder for the first time. If you do not set date and
time, the date and time (time zone) screen appears every time you turn on your camcorder.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. ²page 23
When you turn on your camcorder for the first time, the Time Zone screen
appears based on London, Lisbon. (Greenwich Mean Time)
You can also set the “Time Zone: Home” from the Settings ( ) menu. ²page 86
2. Select your geographical area with Control button (W / X), then press the OK button.
The Date/Time Set screen appears.
3. Select the date and time information, and change the setting values by using the
Control button (S / T / W / X).
4. Make sure the clock is correctly set, and then press the OK button.






The year can be set up to 2037, using the “Home” menu.
Activating the ( ) icon forwards the time by 1 hour.
Charging the built-in rechargeable battery
The built-in battery is always recharged while your camcorder is connected to the AC
power or while the battery pack is attached. If the camcorder is not in use for about
2 months without connecting to the AC power or attaching the battery pack, the built-in
battery fully discharges. If this occurs, charge the built-in battery by connecting to the
supplied AC adaptor for 24 hours.
After setting, the date and time are automatically recorded on a special data area of the
storage media.




~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
Turning the date and time display on/off
To switch the date and time display on or off, access the menu and change the Date/Time Display mode. ²page 89
Simple setting of the clock by time difference
You can easily set the clock to the local time by setting a time difference when using your camcorder abroad.
Select "Time Zone" on the menu, then set the time difference. ²page 86


34_English
Date/Time Set
Home
Visit : JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM
Back Move OK
Day Month Year Hour Min
JAN 00 12 01 2009 : / / AM
preparation
Date/Time Set
Home:[GMT 00:00]
JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM
Home
London, Lisbon
English_35
Selecting the OSD language
You can select the desired language to display the menu screen and the messages.
1. Press the MENU button.
The menu screen appears.
2. Press the Control button (W / X) to select "Settings."
The menus in "Settings" mode will appear.
3. Press the Control button (S / T) to select "Language", and then
press the OK button.
4. Press the Control button (S / T) to select the desired OSD language,
and then press the OK button.
English / 䚐ạ㛨/ Français / Deutsch / Italiano / Español / Português /
Nederlands / Svenska / Suomi / Norsk / Dansk / Polski / Ceītina / Slovensky
/ Magyar / limba româna / Ȼɴɥɝɚɪɫɤɢ / ǼȜȜȘȞȚțȐ/ ɫɪɩɫɤɢ / Hrvatski /
/ / / / Türkçe / / / IsiZulu
5. Press the MENU button to exit the menu.
The OSD language is refreshed in the selected language.
Even if battery pack or AC power are removed, the language setting will be preserved.
The "Language" options may be changed without prior notice.
The date and time format may change depending on the selected language.







Settings
Language
Default Set
Version
Exit Select
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
Settings
Language
Default Set
Version
English
Exit Move Select
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
Français
SELECTING THE STORAGE MEDIA (SMX-K44/K45 ONLY)
You can record on the built-in memory or a memory card, so you should select the desired storage media before
starting recording or playback.
You can use SDHC cards on your camcorder.
(Some cards are not compatible depending on a memory card manufacturer and memory card type.)
Before inserting or ejecting a memory card, turn the camcorder off.



about the storage media
Using the built-in memory (SMX-K44/K45 only)
Because this camcorder has an embedded 16GB (SMX-K44 only), 32GB (SMX-K45 only) memory, it is not
necessary to buy extra storage media.
Using a memory card (not supplied)
This camcorder has a card slot for access to SDHC (Secure Digital High Capacity).
You can use SDHC cards on your camcorder.
- Some cards are not compatible depending on a memory card manufacturer and memory card type.



36_English
1. Press the MENU button.
The menu list will appear.
2. Press the Control button (W / X) to select "Settings."
3. Press the Control button (S / T) to select "Storage Type", then press the
OK button.
4. Press the Control button (S / T) to select "Memory" or "Card",
then press the OK button.
"Memory": When using the built-in memory.
"Card": When using a memory card.
5. Press the MENU button to exit.



Selecting the storage media
Settings
Format
Storage Type
Storage Info
Exit
:
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
Select
Exit Move Select
Settings
Format
Storage Type
Storage Info
Memory
Card
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
INSERTING / EJECTING A MEMORY CARD
Inserting a memory card
1. Turn the camcorder off.
2. Slide and open the battery/memory card cover as shown in
the figure.
3. Insert a memory card into the memory card slot until it softly
clicks in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure.
4. Close the cover.
Ejecting a memory card
1. Turn the camcorder off.
2. Slide and open the battery/memory card cover as shown in
the figure.
3. Slightly push the memory card inwards to pop it out.
4. Pull the memory card out of the memory card slot and close
the cover.
Never format the built-in memory or memory card using a PC.
If you insert a memory card when the camcorder is on, the pop-up message will prompt you automatically to select
the storage type. (SMX-K44/K45 only)
If there is no memory card inserted, only the built-in memory will be available. (SMX-K44/K45 only)
Do not eject a memory card while it is being used in the camcorder. A memory card and its data may be damaged.
Do not remove the power (battery pack or AC power adaptor) when accessing storage media with recording,
playback, format, delete, etc. The storage media and its data may be damaged.





English_37
CAUTION
As shown in the figure, be sure to slide the memory card
inwards with the label facing the battery.
Insert
Eject
SELECTING A SUITABLE MEMORY CARD
A memory card is a compact portable storage media.
You can use an SDHC memory card.
(Memory cards must be purchased separately.)
- You can also use an SD memory card, but recommended that you use an SDHC
memory card with your camcorder. (SD cards up to 2GB are supported with this
camcorder. Normal operation is not guaranteed with SD cards bigger than 2GB.)
In this camcorder, you can use memory cards (SD/SDHC) of the following capacity:
SD: 512MB~2GB, SDHC: 4~32GB
Compatible recording media
- The following recording media have been recommended for use with this camcorder.
Others are not recommended, so buy such products with caution.
SDHC or SD memory cards: By Panasonic, SanDisk, and TOSHIBA
If other media are used, they may fail to record data correctly, or they may lose data that has already been recorded.
For video recording, use a memory card that supports faster write speed (at least 2MB/sec).
SDHC (Secure Digital High Capacity) Memory Card
The SDHC card is a higher version (Ver.2.00) SD card and supports capacity above 2GB.
An SDHC card has a mechanical write protection switch. Setting the switch prevents accidental erasure of files
recorded on the card. To enable writing, move the switch up towards terminals. To set write protection, move the
switch down.
Due to changes In File Allocation System and physical specifications, SDHC memory cards can not be used with
current SD enabled host devices. SDHC memory cards can only be used with only SDHC enabled host devices.
Cautions for memory card
Damaged data may not be recovered. It is recommended you make a back-up of important data on the hard disk
of your PC.
Turning the power off or removing a memory card during operations such as formatting, deleting, recording, and
playback may cause data loss.
After you modify the name of a file or folder stored in a memory card using your PC, your camcorder may not
recognize the modified file.











about the storage media
38_English
<SDHC memory card>
Terminals
Protection
tab
<Usable Memory Card>
(512MB ~32GB)
Handling a memory card
It is recommended that you power off before inserting or removing a memory card to avoid data loss.
It is not guaranteed that you can use a memory card formatted by other devices. Be sure to format your memory
card using this camcorder.
You have to format newly-purchased memory cards, memory cards with data that your camcorder cannot
recognize or are saved by other devices. Note that formatting erases all data on a memory card.
If you cannot use a memory card that has been used with another device, format it with your camcorder.
Note that formatting erases all information on a memory card.
A memory card has a certain life span. If you cannot record new data, you have to purchase a new memory card.
A memory card is a precision electronic media. Do not bend, drop, or cause strong impact to the card.
Do not use or store at high temperatures, in humidity or a dusty environment.
Do not bring foreign substances on memory card terminals. Use a soft, dry cloth to clean the terminals if required.
Do not paste anything other than the label supplied with the card on the label pasting portion.
Be careful to keep a memory card out of the reach of children, who might swallow it.










The camcorder supports SDHC memory card for data storage.
The data storage speed may differ, depending on the manufacturer and production system.
Using a lower write speed memory card when recording a video may cause problems when storing the
video on a memory card. You may even lose your video data during the recording.
In an attempt to preserve every bit of the recorded video, the camcorder forcibly stores the video on a
memory card and displays a warning: "Low speed card. Please record a lower resolution."
To facilitate video recording, you are recommended to use a memory card that supports faster write
speed.
If you are forced to use a low speed memory card, resolution of the recording may be lower than the set
value. However, the higher the resolution, the more memory will be used.
For optimal performance of the camcorder, ensure that you purchase a fast speed memory card.





Samsung is not responsible for data loss due to misuse.
We recommend using a memory card case to avoid losing data from moving and static electricity.
After a period of use, a memory card may get warm. This is normal and is not a malfunction.



Actual formatted capacity may be less as the internal firmware uses a portion of the memory.
English_39
RECORDABLE TIME AND CAPACITY
The following shows the camcorder’s maximum recording time and number of images according to the resolution
/ memory capacity.
For recording videos and photos, please note the approximate maximum limits.


1GB ѳ1,000,000,000 bytes : actual formatted capacity may be less as the internal firmware uses a
portion of the memory.
Media Built-in memory* Memory Card
Capacity 16GB 32GB 1GB 2GB 4GB 8GB 16GB 32GB
TV Super Fine ( ) 720x480(60i) 380min. 760min. 23min. 47min. 95min. 190min. 380min. 760min.
TV Fine ( ) 720x480(60i) 480min. 960min. 30min. 60min. 120min. 240min. 480min. 960min.
TV Normal ( ) 720x480(60i) 620min. 1,240min. 38min. 77min. 155min. 310min. 620min. 1,240min.
Web Fine ( ) 640x480(30p) 480min. 960min. 30min. 60min. 120min. 240min. 480min. 960min.
Web Normal ( ) 640x480(30p) 620min. 1,240min. 38min. 77min. 155min. 310min. 620min. 1,240min.
Recordable number of photos
Recordable time for videos
Media Built-in memory* Memory Card
Capacity
16GB 32GB 1GB 2GB 4GB 8GB 16GB 32GB
Mode Resolution
4:3
800x600 9,999 9,999 1,920 3,840 7,680 9,999 9,999 9,999
1600x1200 9,999 9,999 760 1,530 3,040 6,080 9,999 9,999
16:9
848x480 9,999 9,999 1,920 3,840 7,680 9,999 9,999 9,999
1696x960 9,999 9,999 760 1,530 3,040 6,080 9,999 9,999
(Unit: Approximate minutes of recording)
(Unit: Approximate number of images)
about the storage media
40_English
The previous figures are measured under Samsung’s standard recording test conditions and may differ depending
on the test or use condition.
The camcorder provides five resolution options for video recordings:
- "TV Super Fine", "TV Fine", "TV Normal", "Web Fine", "Web Normal."
- "TV Super Fine", "TV Fine" and "TV Normal" modes provide optimal operation with a TV.
"Web Fine" and "Web Normal" modes provide optimal operation with web-based applications.
The compression rate increases while lowering the resolution ( in the order of "TV Super Fine", "TV Fine",
"TV Normal", "Web Fine", "Web Normal"). The higher the compression rate is, the lower the resolution is,
but the recording time will be increased.
The recording length of a Time Lapse REC may vary depending on settings.
The compression rate automatically adjusts to the recording image, and the recording time may vary accordingly.
You can use an SDHC memory card on your camcorder.
Some cards may not be compatible depending on a memory card manufacturer and memory card type.
Proper operation is not guaranteed for those memory cards that are not formatted by this camcorder.
Perform the formatting directly on the camcorder.
To facilitate video recording, it is recommended to use a memory card that supports faster write speed.
(Write speed: 2MB / sec or higher) If you use a low write speed memory card, recording may stop with a message
of "Low speed card. Please record a lower resolution."
The camcorder will operate properly with memory cards up to 32GB for recording / playback.
Memory cards bigger than 32GB in capacity may not work properly.
A memory card that is used to store a video can cause unwritable areas, which may result in reduced recording
time and free memory space.
The maximum size of a video (H.264/AVC) file that can be recorded at one time is 1.8GB.
The camcorder can store up to 9,999 files of videos and photos in one memory card.
Video (or photo) images recorded by other equipment are not playable on this camcorder.
Items marked with * are available only with 16GB (SMX-K44 only), 32GB (SMX-K45 only) models.
For recording, 16:9 aspect ratio will use more memory than 4:3 aspect ratio. You can select the desired LCD
display aspect ratio for recording or playback (16:9 Wide/4:3 aspect ratio). ²page 56















English_41
recording
Basic procedures to record a video or photo image are described below and on the following pages.
RECORDING VIDEOS
The camcorder provides two Recording start/stop buttons. One is on the rear side of the
camcorder and the other one is on the LCD panel. Select the one that works best for you.
1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder.
You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
Connect a power source to the camcorder. ²page 16
(A battery pack or an AC power adaptor)
Set the appropriate storage media. ²page 36 (SMX-K44/K45 only)
(If you want to record on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
If required, change the video resolution and aspect ratio at your preference.
2. Check the subject on the LCD screen.
3. Press the Recording start/stop button.
The recording indicator ( ) will display and recording will start.
To stop recording, press the Recording start/stop button again.
4. When recording is finished, turn the camcorder off.







WARNING
Samsung is not responsible for any loss or damages due to the memory card problem such as saving failures and abnormal
playbacks.
Beware that you can not recover a damaged recorded data.
Do not disconnect the power source (battery pack, AC adaptor) during a recording. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
storage media or data corruption.



Quick View
Using the Quick View function, you can view the most recently recorded video or photo image right after your recording.
1. Press the OK button in STBY mode right after your recording.
Shortcut menu (OK guide) is displayed on the LCD screen.
2. Press the Control button (X) to view the most recent video (or photo) you have recorded.
After the Quick view is finished, your camcorder switches back to the STBY mode.
During a Quick view, use the Control buttons (S /W / X/OK) for playback search or deleting
the current file.



The Quick View function is not available in the following conditions:
- If the mode has been changed after the recording or the camcorder is connected USB cable.
- If the camcorder has been turned off and on again after the recording.
For on-screen information display. ²page 25
Eject the battery pack when you have finished recording to prevent unnecessary battery power consumption.
For various functions available when you record videos. ²pages 53~68
During recording, some button operations are unavailable. (MODE button, MENU button, etc.)




9999
0:00:00 [475Min]
42_English
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
Auto Exposure
9999
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
RECORDING WITH EASE FOR BEGINNERS (EASY Q MODE)
With the EASY Q function, most of the camcorder settings are automatically adjusted, which frees you from detailed adjustments.
1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder.
You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
2. Press the EASY Q button.
When you press the EASY Q button, most functions turn off and the following
functions are set to "Auto." (Focus, iSCENE, etc. )
The EASY Q ( ) and Anti-Shake (OIS) ( ) indicators appear on the screen at
the same time.
3. To record videos, press the Recording start/stop button.
To take photos, press the PHOTO button.
Recording will begin using the basic automatic settings.
To cancel EASY Q mode
Press the EASY Q button again.
The EASY Q ( ) and Anti-Shake (OIS) ( ) indicators disappear from the screen.
Most settings will return to the settings that were set prior to activating the EASY Q mode.
Unavailable buttons during EASY Q operation:
The following button and menu operations are unavailable because the items are automatically set.
The corresponding message "Release the EASY Q" may appear if unavailable operations are attempted.
- MENU button / OK button
Cancel the EASY Q function if you want to add any effect or settings to the images.
During recording, you cannot set or release the EASY Q mode.










Sound is recorded from the internal stereo microphone on the front of the camcorder. Take care that this microphone is not
blocked.
Before recording an important video, make sure to test the recording function to check if there is any problem with the audio
and video recording.
Do not operate the Power ( ) button or remove a memory card while accessing the storage media.
Doing so may damage the storage media or the data on the storage media.
LCD screen brightness and color can be adjusted from the menu. Adjusting the brightness or color of the LCD screen does
not affect the image to be recorded. ²page 89
This camcorder provides one combined video and photo record mode.
You can easily record videos or photos in the same mode without having to change it.
You cannot use a locked memory card for recording. You will see a message saying recording is disabled due to the lock.
You can switch the play mode to the record mode by pressing the Recording start/stop or MODE button.
If the power cable/battery is disconnected or recording is disabled during recording, the system is switched to the data
recovery mode. While data is being recovered, no other function is enabled. After data recovery, the system will be switched
to the STBY mode. When the recording time is short, the data recovery might fail.








English_43
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
9999
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
TAKING PHOTOS
You can take photos with the PHOTO button.
1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder.
You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
Set the appropriate storage media. ²page 36 (SMX-K44/K45 only)
(If you want to record on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
If required, change the photo resolution at your preference.
2. Check the subject on the LCD screen.
3. Press the PHOTO button.
Shutter sound is heard.
Indicators ( XXX) on the screen disappear, and the photo image is recorded.
While saving a photo image to the storage media, you cannot take the next photo.
4. When taking a photo is finished, turn the camcorder off.






Maximum number of recordable images may vary depending on the subject and resolution setup.
Audio will not be recorded with the photo image on the storage media.
LCD screen brightness and color can be adjusted from the menu. Adjusting the brightness or color of the LCD
screen does not affect the image to be recorded. ²page 89
Do not turn off the camcorder or remove a memory card when taking photos as it may damage the storage media
or data.
Photo image files recorded by your camcorder conform to the “DCF (Design rule for Camera File system)” universal
standard established by the JEITA (Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association).
DCF is an integrated image-file format for digital cameras: Image files can be used on all digital devices conforming
to DCF.
Available photo resolutions are 1696X960 and 848X480 in 16:9 aspect ratio, while 1600X1200 and 800X600 are
available in 4:3 aspect ratio. (To switch to 4:3, release 16:9 mode.) ²page 56
This camcorder provides one combined video and photo record mode. You can easily record videos or
photos in the same mode without having to change it.
You can switch the play mode to the record mode by pressing the PHOTO or MODE button.
Using the Quick View function, you can view the most recently recorded video or photo image right after your
recording. ²page 42










~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
recording
44_English
ZOOMING IN AND OUT
Use the zoom function for close-up or wide-angle recording. This camcorder
allows you to record using 52x optical power zoom, 65x Intelli-zoom and 2200x
digital zoom.
To zoom in
Slide the Zoom lever towards T (telephoto).
(Or press the Control button (T) on the LCD panel.)
To zoom out
Slide the Zoom lever towards W (wide-angle).
(Or press the Control button (S) on the LCD panel.)
You can zoom with the zoom lever or the Control (W/T) button on the LCD panel.
Zoom magnification over 65x is done through digital image processing, and is
therefore called digital zoom. Digital zooming is possible up to 2200x.
Set "Zoom Type" to "Digital Zoom." ²page 65
The minimum possible distance between the camcorder and subject while
maintaining sharp focus is about 1cm (about 0.39 inch) for wide-angle and
1m (about 39.4 inches) for telephoto.
Optical zoom preserves image quality, but during digital zoom the image
quality may suffer.
Fast zooming or zooming in subject at a far distance may produce slow
focusing. If this occurs, use "Manual Focus." ²page 62
It is recommended to use Anti-Shake (OIS) with handheld recording if the
subject is zoomed in and enlarged.
Frequent use of the zoom function consumes more power.
Zooming during a recording may record operation sound of the zoom lever
or zoom button.
When using the zoom function, its speed can be decreased by slowly moving
the Zoom (W/T) lever. A fast moving increases the zoom speed. However, the
Zoom (W/T) button on the display cannot adjust the zoom speed.











English_45
W: Wide-angle T: Telephoto
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
9999
~
{
vu
vmm
tvkl
OK
W: Recording wide area
(wide-angle)
T: Recording enlarged
image (telephoto)
You can view recorded videos and photos in thumbnail index view and play them in various ways.
In the thumbnail index view, you can directly select and display a desired image without using fast forwarding and rewinding.
This camcorder provides one combined video and photo record mode. You can easily record videos or photos in the
same mode without having to change it.
CHANGING THE PLAYBACK MODE
Pressing the MODE button changes the operation mode to Record ( / ) and Play ( ) mode in turn.
The recorded videos or photos are displayed in thumbnail index view. According to the previous record mode, recordings will be
stored in videos or photos thumbnail index view, respectively. When switching to Play mode after recording a video, the videos
thumbnail index view appears. When switching to Play mode after recording a photo, the photos thumbnail index view appears.




playback
How to change between video and photo thumbnail view.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. •
The Multi View Option enables you to sort thumbnails of recorded videos or photos in the order of recording, recorded date, and the
iSCENE mode for playback. ²page 70
46_English
<Record mode>
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
9999
<Video play mode>
Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
<Photo play mode>
Video Move Full View
Normal View
1/10 100-0001
tvkl
PLAYING VIDEOS
This function works only in Video Play ( ) mode.
You can find a desired video image quickly using the thumbnail index view.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.
²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
The thumbnail index view appears. The thumbnail highlight is on the latest
created or played file.
Playing time of the selected file and the thumbnail showing the video playback
will appear on the screen.
3. Select the Video thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
4. Use the Control button (S / T / W / X) to select the desired videos, and then
press the OK button.
If you set the Date/Time Display before video playback, date/time appears
briefly for about a second and then the selected video starts playing.
Shortcut menu for playback will be displayed for a while.
The selected videos are played according to the Play Option setting. ²page 71
To stop playback and return to the thumbnail index view, move the zoom lever.










English_47
0:00:00/0:00:55
Multi View 100-0001
Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
JAN/04/2009
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
If there is no file stored to view, the message "Empty" appears.
Video files may not playback on the camcorder in the following cases:
- Video files edited or renamed on a PC
- Video files recorded by devices other than the camcorder
- Video file formats that are not supported
The built-in speaker automatically turns off when the Audio/Video cable is connected to the camcorder. (When
connected to external devices, volume adjustment should be done on the connected external device.)
You can playback recorded video files on a TV or a PC. ²pages 95,100
You can upload recorded videos or photos to YouTube or Flickr using Intelli-studio. ²page 105
For various functions available during playback, see "playback options." ²pages 69~81
Use the Quick View function if you want to preview the last recorded video or photos. ²page 42







Adjusting the volume
Press the Control button (S / T) to increase or decrease the volume.
The volume bar disappears after 3~4 seconds.
You can hear the recorded sound from the built-in speaker.
The level can be set to anywhere between 0 and 10.
(If you close the LCD screen while playing, you will not hear the sound from the
speaker.)



48_English
0:00:00/0:00:55
100-0001
0:00:00/0:00:55
Multi View 100-0001
playback
Various Playback Operations
Still playback (pause) ( X/ ZZ )
Press the OK button during playback.
- To resume normal playback, press the OK button again.
Search playback ( / )
During playback, press and hold the Control button (X) for forward search,
or to the left for reverse search.
Pressing the Control button to (W / X) repeatedly increases the search
speed for each direction.
- RPS (Reverse Playback Search) rate: x2ox4ox8ox16
- FPS (Forward Playback Search) rate: x2ox4ox8ox16
To resume normal playback, press the OK button.
Skip playback ( Z / Z)
During playback, press the Control button (X) to locate the start point of the
next file. Pressing the Control button (X) repeatedly skips files in the forward
direction.
During playback, press the Control button (W) to locate the start point of the
current file. Pressing the Control button (W) repeatedly skips files in the reverse
direction.
Press the Control button (W) within 3 seconds from the start point, and the first
image of the previous file is skipped.
Frame-by-frame playback (WZZ / ZZX)
In pause mode, use the Control button (W / X) to play the video forward or backward one frame at a time.
- To resume normal playback, press the OK button.
Slow motion playback (
WZ / ZX
)
During pause, holding the Control button (W / X) reduces the playback speed.
During slow motion playback, pressing the Control button (W / X) changes the playback speed.
- Forward slow playback rate: x1/2 o x1/4 o x1/8 o x1/16
- Reverse slow playback rate: x1/2 o x1/4 o x1/8 o x1/16
- To resume normal playback, press the OK button.
Recorded sound is not heard in slow motion playback.











~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
OK
English_49
0:00:00/0:00:55
Multi View 100-0001
0:00:10/0:00:55
100-0001
VIEWING PHOTOS
This function works only in Photo Play ( ) mode.
You can find and view desired photos quickly using the thumbnail index view.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.
²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
• The thumbnail index view appears. The thumbnail highlight is on the latest
created or played file.
3. Select the Photo thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
4. Use the Control button (S / T / W / X) to select the desired photos, and then
press the OK button.
Shortcut menu for playback will be displayed for a while.
To view the previous/next photo, press the Control button (W / X).
To return to the thumbnail index view, move the zoom lever.







Loading time may vary depending on the size and quality of the selected photo.
The Quick View function is used if you want to preview the last recorded photos.
²page 42


Do not power off or eject a memory card during photo playback.
Doing so may damage the recorded data.
Your camcorder may not playback the following photo files normally;
- A photo with its file name changed on a PC.
- A photo recorded on other devices.
- A photo with a file format not supported on this camcorder (does not conform
to DCF standards).


WARNING
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
OK
50_English
1/10
100-0001
Video Move Full View
1/10
Normal View
100-0001
playback
CHANGING THE MENU SETTINGS
You can change the menu settings to customise your camcorder. Access the desired
menu screen by following the steps below, then change the various settings.
1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder.
You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
2. Press the MENU button.
The menu screen appears.
3. Select the desired submenu and menu item with the Control buttons
(S / T / W / X) and the OK button.
To return to the normal screen, press the MENU button.
Depending on the mode selected, some menu items may not be available to
select and change.
You can also access the shortcut menu using the OK button. ²page 32




Button Tips
a. MENU button : Use it to enter or exit the menu.
b. Control button (S / T / W / X) : Use it to move up/down/left/right
c. OK button : Use it to select or confirm the menu.
recording options
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
OK
English_51
+ Follow the instructions below to use each of the menu items listed after this page.
For example: Setting iSCENE in the Record mode.
1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder.
You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.
2. Press the MENU button.
The menu screen appears.
3. Press the Control button (W / X) to select "iSCENE."
4. Select the desired submenu item with the Control button (S / T), and then press
the OK button.
5. Press the MENU button to exit the menu.
The selected item is applied and the indicator is displayed.
However, if "Auto" is selected in the iSCENE mode, the item's indicator may
not be displayed on the screen. (iSCENE, Back Light, Focus, etc.)


~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
recording options
52_English
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
9999
iSCENE
Portrait
Auto
Sports
Exit
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
MENU ITEMS
Accessing items in the menu depends on the operation mode.
For operation details, see the corresponding page. ²pages 54~68
Recording menu items
Items Record (
/
) mode Default value Page
iSCENE O Auto 54
Video Resolution O TV Fine 55
Photo Resolution O 1696x960 (16:9 Wide) 55
16:9 Wide O On 56
White Balance O Auto 56
Aperture O Auto 57
Shutter Speed O Auto 58
EV O 0 59
C.Nite O Off 60
Back Light O Off 60
Focus O Auto 61
Digital Effect O Off 63
Fader O Off 64
Wind Cut O Off 64
Zoom Type O Intelli-Zoom 65
Time Lapse REC O Off 66
Guideline O Off 68
Settings O - 82


O : Possible
English_53
USING THE RECORDING MENU ITEMS
You can the menu items for video or photos recording.
iSCENE
This camcorder automatically sets the shutter speed and aperture according to the subject brightness for optimum recording:
You can also specify one of various modes depending on subject conditions, recording environment or purpose of filming.
item contents on-screen display
"Auto" - You can shoot images in Auto adjustment mode. None
"Sports"
- Reduces blurring when recording rapidly moving subjects such as in golf or tennis.
If the Sports mode is used under a fluorescent light, the image may flicker.
In this case, use the Auto mode for recording.
"Portrait"
- Creates a shallow depth of field so that the person or subject appears against a soft-
ened background.
- The portrait mode is most effective when used outdoors.
- EV value is automatically adjusted to the optimal.
"Spotlight"
- Prevents overexposure of subject's face, etc. when strong light strikes the subject,
as in a wedding or on stage.
"Beach" - Where sunlight is intense like a beach.
"Snow" - Where reflection of light is intense like a snowfield.
"High Speed" - Reduces blurring objects in rapid motion.
"Food" - Recording close-up objects in high saturation.
"Waterfall" - Recording a waterfall or fountain.
You can check the selected iSCENE on the on-screen information display.
However, nothing will appear in "Auto" mode.
The iSCENE also can be set in the shortcut menu. ²page 32


54_English
recording options
Select Move Exit
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
Recording people or objects
in motion
Sports
English_55
Video Resolution
You can select the resolution of a video to be recorded. This camcorder can record in "TV Super Fine", "TV Fine",
"TV Normal", "Web Fine" and "Web Normal" modes. The "TV Fine" mode is set as the factory default.
item contents on-screen display
"TV Super Fine" Videos recorded in 720x480(60i) resolution at super-fine image quality.
"TV Fine" Videos recorded in 720x480(60i) resolution at fine image quality.
"TV Normal" Videos recorded in 720x480(60i) resolution at normal image quality.
"Web Fine"
Videos recorded in 640x480 (30p) resolution at fine image quality.
Supports viewing with the optimal resolution on a PC.
"Web Normal"
Videos recorded in the 640x480 (30p) resolution at normal image quality.
Supports viewing with the optimal resolution on a PC.
You can record a scene at five resolution levels: "TV Super Fine", "TV Fine", "TV Normal", "Web Fine" or "Web Normal."
However, the better the resolution is, the more memory is used.
The recording times depend on the resolution of a video to be recorded. ²page 40
Video resolution settings of "Web Fine" and "Web Normal" record movie in 4:3 aspect ratio even when you set it to 16:9.



Photo Resolution
You can select the resolution of the photo image to be recorded. For detailed information image capacity. ²page 45
item contents on-screen display
"1696x960 (16:9)" Records in 1696x960 resolution.
"848x480 (16:9)" Records in 848x480 resolution.
"1600x1200 (4:3)" Records in 1600x1200 resolution.
"800x600 (4:3)" Records in 800x600 resolution.
Photos recorded by your camcorder may not be displayed in another device if it does not support the high resolution.
For photo development, the higher the resolution, the finer the image quality.
The number of recordable images varies depending on the recording environment. ²page 40
High resolution images occupy more memory space than low resolution images. If a higher resolution is selected, there is
less space to store photos in the memory.
The submenu items of Photo Resolution vary depending on the selection of the 16:9 Wide function.





16:9 Wide
You can select the desired LCD display aspect ratio for recording or playback (16:9 Wide/4:3 aspect ratio).
item contents on-screen display
"Off"
Disables the function. Displays the image in 4:3 aspect ratio.
Select to use the standard display aspect ratio of 4:3 on the screen.
None
"On" Recording and viewing of 16:9 aspect ratio. None
Please set the aspect ratio before recording. The default setting is "16:9 Wide : On."
If you record videos in 4:3 mode, then connect the camcorder to an HDTV via HDMI, your videos will play back in 16:9 mode.
Video resolution settings of "Web Fine" and "Web Normal" record movie in 4:3 aspect ratio even when you set it to 16:9.



56_English
White Balance
This memory camcorder automatically adjusts the color of subject. Change the white balance setting depending on the
recording conditions.
item contents on-screen display
"Auto" Adjusts the White Balance automatically. None
"Daylight" Controls the white balance according to the outdoor lighting.
"Cloudy" Adjusts for a cloudy sky or shady location.
"Fluorescent " Adjusts for white fluorescent lighting.
"Tungsten" Adjusts for places under incandescent lamp, or under bright lighting, such as in a photo studio.
"Custom WB" Adjusts White Balance manually to match the light source or situation.
Setting the white balance manually :
1. Select "Custom WB".
The indicator ( ) and the message "Set White Balance." are displayed.
2. Frame a white object such as a piece of paper so that it fills the screen.
Use an object that is not transparent.
If the object that fills the screen is not focused, correct the focus using
"Manual Focus." ²page 62
3. Press the OK button.
The white balance setting will be applied and indicator ( ) is displayed.



9999
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
Set White Balance.
Set Exit
recording options
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
White thick paper
9999
0:00:00 [475Min]
STBY
Set White Balance.
Set
Exit
English_57
A subject can be recorded under various types of lighting conditions indoors (natural, fluorescent, candlelight, etc.).
Because the color temperature is different depending on the light source, the subject tint will differ depending on
the white balance settings. Use this function for a more natural result.
Reset the white balance if lighting conditions change.
During normal outdoor recording, setting to auto may provide better results.
Do not use a colored object when setting white balance: The appropriate tint cannot be set.




Aperture
The camcorder adjusts the aperture automatically depending on the subject and recording conditions.
You can also manually adjust the Aperture to your preference.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Auto" Sets the aperture value automatically. None
"Manual" Sets the aperture value manually.
Setting the aperture manually:
Press the Control button (W/ X) to adjust the aperture while viewing the image
on the LCD screen.
- Confirm your selection by pressing the OK button.
- Exposure value can be set between "F1.8" and "F22."
- If you set aperture to manual, the higher the aperture, the brighter the recorded
picture will be.
Understanding Aperture
The aperture stop of a photographic lens can be adjusted to control the amount of light reaching the image sensor.
The aperture value needs to be adjusted in the following cases:
When shooting against the light or when the background is too bright.
When shooting on a reflective natural background such as at the beach or when skiing.
When the background is overly dark (for example, night scenery).




0:00:00 [475Min]
OK Adjust Exit
STBY
Manual Aperture
F5.6
9999
58_English
The image may not seem smooth when a high shutter speed is setted.
When recording with a shutter speed of 1/1000 or higher, make sure the sun is not directly shining into the lens.
Shutter speed 1/100 seconds means the shutter box is opened for 1/100 seconds.
Faster shutter speed is recommended for shooting a dynamic subject. Note that higher shutter speed produces darker
image. As the shutter speed increases, the sensor accepts less light than a slower shutter speed setup.




Shutter Speed
The memory camcorder automatically sets the shutter speed depending on the subject brightness.
You can also manually adjust the shutter speed according to the scene conditions.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Auto" The memory camcorder automatically sets the appropriate aperture value. None
"Manual" Shutter speed can be set to 1/60, 1/100, 1/250, 1/500, 1/1000, 1/2000, 1/4000, or 1/10000.
Setting the shutter speed manually:
You can set the shutter speed manually. A fast shutter speed can freeze the motion
of a fast moving subject and a slow shutter speed can blur the subject to give the
impression of motion. The adjusted value is applied right after moving the Control
button (W/ X) to adjust the shutter speed.
Press the Control button (W/ X) to adjust shutter speed, then press the OK button.
- The adjusted value is applied right after pressing the Control button (W/ X) to
adjust the shutter speed.
Recommended shutter speed when recording:
shutter speed conditions
1/60
The shutter speed is fixed at 1/60 second. Black bands that usually appear when shooting a TV
screen become narrower.
1/100
The shutter speed is fixed at 1/100 second. Indoor sports such as basketball. The flickering that
occurs when shooting under a florescent light or mercury-vapor lamp is reduced.
1/250, 1/500, 1/1000 Moving cars, trains or other rapidly moving vehicles such as roller coasters.
1/2000, 1/4000, 1/10000 Outdoor sports such as golf and tennis.

0:00:00 [475Min]
OK Adjust Exit
STBY
Manual Shutter
1/500
9999
recording options
Do not shoot the sun while the shutter speed is set to 1/1000 or slower.
Slow shutter speed exposes the sensor to more lights, which may deteriorate the product.


CAUTION
English_59
EV (Exposure Value)
The camcorder usually adjusts the exposure automatically.
You can also manually adjust the exposure depending on the recording conditions.
Setting the exposure manually:
When manually setting the exposure, the default setting appears as the value is
automatically adjusted according to the environmental light conditions.
Press the Control button (W / X) to adjust the exposure while viewing the
image on the LCD screen.
- Confirm your selection by pressing the OK button.
- Exposure value can be set between "-2.0" and "+2.0"
- If you set exposure to manual, the higher the exposure, the brighter the
recorded picture will be.
- Exposure value setting will be applied and ( ) indicator and setting value
are displayed.
Manual exposure is recommended in situations:
- When shooting using reverse lighting or when the background is too bright.
- When shooting against a reflective natural background such as at the beach or
when skiing.
- When the background is overly dark or the subject is bright.
The exposure also can be set in the shortcut menu. ²page 32
The shutter speed also varies automatically depending on the EV value.



9999
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
EV
0
EV
Adjust
Exit
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
60_English
Back Light
When a subject is lit from behind, this function will compensate for lighting so that the subject is not too dark.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function. None
"On" Backlight compensation brightens the subject quickly.
Back lighting influences recording when the subject is darker than the background:
- The subject is in front of a window.
- The subject is against a snowy background.
- The subject is outdoors and the background is overcast.
- The light sources are too bright.
- The person to be recorded is wearing white or shiny clothes and
is placed against a bright background:
The person’s face is too dark to distinguish his/her features.
<Backlight off> <Backlight on>
C.Nite
You can adjust the shutter speed when recording a slow moving object, or record a brighter image in dark places
without a compromise in colors.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function. None
"Auto" The memory camcorder automatically adjusts image brightness.
"1/30" Record a brighter image by extending the low shutter speed range to "1/30".
"1/15" Record a brighter image by fixing the shutter speed to "1/15" in a dark location.
When using the C.Nite, the image takes on a slow motion like effect.
When using the C.Nite, the focus adjusts slowly and white dots may appear on the screen, this is not a defect.


recording options
English_61
Focus
The camcorder usually focuses on a subject automatically (auto-focus).
You can also manually focus on a subject depending on the recording conditions.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Auto"
In most situations, it is better to use the automatic focus feature, as it enables you
to concentrate on the creative side of your recording.
None
"Face Detection" Records under the optimal condition by detecting faces automatically.
"Manual"
Manual focusing may be necessary under certain conditions that make automatic
focusing difficult or unreliable.


The Face Detection indicator ( ) and Face Detection frame ( ) are not
recorded.
Framing a person’s face while Face Detection is set will adjust focus and exposure
to optimal values automatically.
The Face Detection may not operate depending on the recording conditions.
For example, the Face Detection frame may appear when framing a 'face-like'
shape, even when the subject is not a person's face. If this occurs, turn off the
Face Detection feature.
The Face Detection feature will not work when framing the side of a person's face.
You must be facing them 'head-on.'




Face detection
It detects and recognizes face-like shapes and adjusts focus, color and exposure
automatically. Also, it adjusts recording conditions optimised for the face detected.
Press the Control button (S / T) to select "Face Detection", and then press
the OK button.
- Detects a face and shows a frame on it. The detected face image is optimised
automatically.

0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
9999
Focus
Auto
Exit
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
Manual
Face Detection
62_English
Focusing manually during recording:
This camcorder automatically focuses a subject from close-up to infinity. However, the
correct focus may not be obtained depending on the recording conditions.
In this case, use the manual focus mode.
1. Press the Control button (S / T) to select "Manual."
The manual focus adjustment indicator appears.
2. Press the Control button (W / X) to select the desired indicator to adjust focus,
then press the OK button.

Focusing on a nearer subject
To focus on a nearer subject, press the Control button (W).
Focusing on a farther subject
To focus on a farther subject, press the Control button ( X).
The nearer or farther icon ( / ) appears between the indicators when
focus adjustment reaches the end.
The adjusted value is applied right after pressing the Control button (W / X) to adjust the focus.
The manual focus setting will be applied and the ( ) indicator is displayed.



Manual focus is recommended in the following situations :
Dark shooting subject
When the background is too bright
Subject through a window that is stained or wet
Subject with dense horizontal or sloping stripes
Distant subject behind a nearby wire fence
Walls, atmosphere and other low-contrast subject
Emitting strong light or reflecting subject
Focusing on a subject near the boundary of the frame








You can easily adjust the focus using the Shortcut menu button. ²page 32
Manual focusing focuses on a point in the framed scene while auto focusing focuses on the center area automatically.
Use the zoom function to catch the desired target before manually adjusting the focus. If you use the zoom function
after manual focusing, refocusing is required.
Before focusing manually, check if the "Digital Zoom" is turned off. When "Zoom Type" is set to "Digital Zoom",
manual focusing will not be accurate. Turn the "Digital Zoom" off. ²page 65




<Nearer subject > <Further subject >
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
Manual Focus
9999
recording options
English_63
Digital Effect
The digital effect enables you to give a creative look to your recording.
Select the appropriate digital effect for the type of picture that you wish to record and the effect you wish to create.
There are 10 different digital effect options.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function. None
¸ "BLK&WHT" Changes the images into black and white.
¸ "Sepia "
This mode gives the images a reddish brown
pigment.
¸ "Negative"
Reverses the colors and the brightness,
creating the look of a negative.
¸ "Art" Adds artistic effects to an image.
¸ "Emboss" This mode creates a 3D effect (embossing).
§ "Mosaic" A mosaic overlay appears on an image.
¸ "Mirror"
This mode cuts the image in half and makes
a mirrored image on the other half.
[ "Pastel"
This mode applies a pale pastel drawing
effect to an image.
¸ "Cosmetic" This mode helps correct facial imperfections.
¸ "Step printing" Technique of recording the image in segments.



1
3
5
7
9 10
8
6
4
2
7
64_English
recording options
Fader
You can give your recording a professional look by using special effects such as fade in at the beginning of a sequence or fade out at
the end of a sequence.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function. None
"In" As soon as you start recording, the fader will be executed.
"Out" When the recording is done, the fader will be executed.
"In-Out" When you start or stop recording, the fader will be executed accordingly.
Fade in
Press the Recording start/stop button when "Fader" is set to "In."
Recording starts with a dark screen and then the image and sound are
faded in.
Fade out
Press the Recording start/stop button when "Fader" is set to "Out."
Recording stops as the image and sound are faded out.
Fade in-out
Press the Recording start/stop button when "Fader" is set to "In-Out."
Recording starts with a dark screen and then the image and sound are faded
in and recording stops as the image and sound are faded out.
Fade Out (Approx. 3 seconds)
Fade In (Approx. 3 seconds)
Wind Cut
You can reduce wind noise when recording sound from the built-in microphone. If "Wind Cut : On" is set, the low-frequency
components in the sound picked up by the microphone will be cut off during recording: This makes it easier to hear voice and sound
during playback.
Use the Wind Cut feature when recording in windy places such as a beach.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function None
"On" Minimizes wind noise or other noise while recording.
When "Wind Cut" is "On", some low frequency sound is eliminated along with the sound of the wind.

This function is disabled after being used
one time.
English_65
Zoom Type
The memory camcorder offers three types of zoom: optical, intelligent and digital zoom when recording videos.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Optical Zoom" Only optical zoom is available up to 52x. None
"Intelli-Zoom"
- The camcorder zooms the full width of the image sensor to obtain a larger zoom range
without any deterioration in image quality.
- Intelli-zoom is available up to 65x.
None
"Digital Zoom"
- When this option is selected, the camcorder will switch automatically to the digital zoom
when you zoom in beyond the optical or intelligent zoom range. With the digital zoom the
image is processed digitally so image quality will deteriorate the more you zoom in.
- Digital zoom is available up to 2200x.
None
The image quality may deteriorate depending on how much you zoom in on the subject.
Maximum zooming may result in lower image quality.
The Optical Zoom and the Intelli-Zoom preserve the video quality, but during digital zoom the image quality may suffer.
The zoom range will change depending on the aspect ratio of the video.




This right side of the bar shows the digital zooming zone.
The zooming zone appears when you move the zoom lever.
66_English
Time Lapse REC
• Time Lapse REC records still images at specific intervals you can set, and plays them as one video file.
• This function is useful for observing the movement of clouds, the changes in daylight or blooming flowers, etc.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function. None
"On"
When you start video recording, images of the subject are captured and saved to the
storage media by set interval and total recording period.
Setting the Time Lapse REC mode:
To record in the Time Lapse REC mode, you need to set the recording interval and total
recording time in the menu.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Press the Control button (W / X) to select "Time Lapse REC."
3. Press the Control button (S / T) to select "On", then press the OK button.
The recording interval and total time for recording items are displayed.
("Sec": seconds, "Hr": hours)
4. Set a desired recording interval ("Sec") with the Control button (S / T).
5. Move to the next setting with the Control button (W / X) and set a desired total
recording time ("Hr") in the same way.
While you set the preparatory settings (recording interval and total recording time),
the approximate time-lapse recording time will be displayed on the menu screen.
6. Press the OK button to finish the setting and press the MENU button to exit the menu.
7. After setting the Time Lapse REC mode, press the Recording start/stop button.
The Time Lapse REC starts.
While playing back, it will display 30 images per second. (Sound is not available.)
For example, if the recording interval was "30" seconds and the total recording time
was "24" hours, images are automatically captured and saved in the storage media every 30 seconds for 24
hours. (After 24 hours of recording, playback will last for about "1Min 36 Sec")



9999
0:00:00 [475Min]
30Sec / 24Hr
Time Lapse Recording
Time Lapse REC
Off
On
Exit
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
: 1Sec
24Hr
recording options
Time Lapse REC
Off
On
Exit Move Set
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
Sec Hr 30
1Min 36Sec =
24
English_67
Time Lapse REC records image frames at a
predefined interval produce a time-lapse video.
Time Lapse REC is useful for filming in the following
situations:
- Blooming flowers
- Insect’s skin-casting
- Clouds rolling by in the sky
• This function is disabled after being used one time.
• 30 captured images compose a video of 1 second length. Since the minimum length of a video to be saved by your
camcorder is one second, the interval defines how long the Time Lapse Recording should be set for. For example, if you set
the interval to “30 Sec,” Time Lapse Recording should be set for at least 15 minutes to record a minimum video length of
1 second (30 images).
• Once the Time Lapse REC finishes recording for its total recording time, it switches to standby mode.
• Press the Recording start/stop button if you want to stop the Time Lapse REC.
• Audio is not recorded during Time Lapse Recording.
• When a video recording fills up 1.8GB of storage media, a new recording file is automatically started at that point.
• When the battery is discharged exhausted during Time Lapse REC, it saves recording up to that point and switches to
standby mode. After a while, it displays a warning message, then turns off automatically.
• When memory runs out while performing Time Lapse REC, the camcorder switches to standby mode after saving what was
recorded so far.
• We recommend using the AC power adaptor when using the Time Lapse REC function.
• When a time lapse recording starts, a message of “Time Lapse Recording” blinks on the screen and it appeared to be as
if the screen is stopped. This is a normal operation; do not remove the power source or memory card from the camcorder.
Total time for recording
Recording interval
Timeline
Time for recording on the
storage media (a video clip
of Time Lapse REC)
0:00:00/0:01:36
100-0001
0:00:32/0:01:36
100-0001
0:01:34/0:01:36
100-0001
0:01:35/0:01:36
100-0001
Example of Time Lapse REC
68_English
Guideline
Guideline displays a certain pattern on the LCD screen so that you can easily set the image composition when
recording images.
The camcorder provides 3 types of guidelines.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function. None
"Cross" Records the subject placed in the center.
"Grid" Records the subject on the horizontal or vertical composition or close-up.
"Safety Zone"
Records the subject within safety zone which prevents them from being cut when
editing in 4:3 for left and right and 16x9 (2.35:1) for top and bottom. Set "Safety
Zone" when you want to have various subjects in one scene with the proper size.
Positioning the subject at the cross point of the guideline provides a balanced composition.
The Guideline feature cannot be recorded on the images being recorded.




recording options
English_69
MENU ITEMS
Accessible items in the menu vary depending on the operation mode.
See pages 46-50 for playback information and button operation.
See pages 70-81 for details on menu items during playback.
Playback menu items
Items Video ( ) Photo ( ) Default value Page
Multi View Option
(Thumbnail index view only)
O O Normal View 70
Play Option O Play All 71
Delete O O - 72
Protect O O - 73
Copy * O O - 74
iVIEW
(Thumbnail index view only)
O 75
Story-Board Print O - 76
Edit
Divide O - 77
Combine
(Thumbnail index view only)
O - 79
Slide Show O - 80
Slide Show Option O - 81
File Info O O - 81
Settings O O - 82
Items marked with * are available only with SMX-K44/K45 models.
In general, use of functions both in thumbnail display and full image display employs the same method, while their
detailed options may be different.





playback options
O : Possible
: Not possible
70_English
MULTI VIEW OPTION
The Multi View Option enables you to sort thumbnails of recorded video or photos in the
order of recording, recorded date, and the iSCENE mode for playback.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.
²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
3. Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
4. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X) to select "Multi View Option."
5. Select an option by pressing the Control button (S / T) and then press the OK
button.
item contents
"Normal View"
- The video file thumbnails are displayed sequentially in the
order of recorded time.
- The thumbnail of the last recorded or played file is highlighted.
"Date View" - Recorded files will be sorted by the recorded date in thumbnails.
"iSCENE View"
- Recorded files will be sorted by the iSCENE mode used at
the recording time in thumbnails.
6. You can use the Control button (S / T / W / X) to select a sorted item.


This function is available only in the thumbnail index view screen.
Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
Date View
1/10
0:10:31
Photo Date Play
JAN/01/2009
iSCENE View
1/10
0:02:03
Photo iSCENE Play
Auto
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
<Normal View>
<Date View>
<iSCENE View>
playback options
English_71
PLAY OPTION
You can set a specific playback style according to your preference.
1. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X) to select "Play Option."
2. Select an option by pressing the Control button (S / T) and then press the
OK button.
item contents
on-screen
display
"Play All" Plays back from the selected video to the last video.
"Play One" The selected video will be played.
"Repeat All" All videos will be played repeatedly.
"Repeat One" The selected video will be played repeatedly.
Play Option
Repeat All
Play All
Play One
Exit
Normal View
72_English
playback options
DELETE
You can erase your recordings one by one, or all at once.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. ²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
3. Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
4. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X) to select "Delete."
5. Select an option by pressing the Control button ( S / T ) and then press the
OK button.
item contents
"Select Files"
Deletes individual selected videos (or photos).
- To delete individual videos (or photos), select the desired videos
(or photos) to delete by pressing the OK button, then press the MENU
button to delete.
- The indicator ( ) is displayed on the selected videos (or photos).
- Pressing the OK button toggles the selection and release.
"All Files" Deletes all videos (or photos).
6. The pop-up selection menu will appear depending on the selected menu item.
In this case, select the desired item with the Control buttons (W / X) and the OK
button.
Note that removing the battery pack or disconnecting the AC power adaptor while you delete
files may damage the storage media.
To protect important images from accidental deletion, activate the image protection. ²page 73
The protect ( ) indicator will blink if you try to delete an image that was previously protected.
²page 73
You must release the protect function to delete the image.
If the write protection tab on a memory card is set to lock, you cannot delete. ²page 38
You can also format the storage media to delete all the images at once. Be aware that all files
and data including protected files will be erased.








~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
Delete Move Cancel
Delete
1/10 0:00:55
Delete
Select Files
All Files
Exit
Normal View
English_73
PROTECT
You can protect saved important videos (or photos) from accidental deletion.
Protected images will not be deleted unless you release the protection or format the memory.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.
²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
3. Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
4. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X) to select "Protect."
5. Select an option by pressing the Control button ( S / T ) and then press the
OK button.
item contents
"Select Files"
Protects selected videos (or photos) from deletion
- To protect individual videos (or photos), select the desired videos
(or photos) by pressing the OK button, then press the MENU
button to confirm.
- The indicator ( ) is displayed on the selected videos (or photos).
- Pressing the OK button toggles the selection between protection
and release.
"All On" Protects all videos (or photos).
"All Off" Cancels the protection for all videos (or photos).
6. The pop-up selection menu will appear depending on the selected menu item.
In this case, select the desired item with the Control buttons (W / X) and the OK
button.
Protected videos (or photos) will show the indicator ( ) when they are displayed.
If the write protection tab on a memory card is set to lock, you cannot set image
protection.






Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
Protect Move Cancel
Protect
1/10 0:00:55
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
Protect
All Off
Select Files
All On
Exit
Normal View
74_English
COPY(SMX-K44/K45 ONLY)
Images are copied to the destination storage while original images are left in the source storage.
It copies from the currently used memory to another. For example, if the built-in memory was used,
it copies to a memory card.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. ²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
3. Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever.
4. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X) to select "Copy."
5. Select an option by pressing the Control button (S / T) and then press the OK button.
item contents
"Select
Files"
Copies the individual videos (or photos).
- To copy individual videos (or photos), select the desired videos (or photos) by
pressing the OK button.
- The indicator ( ) is displayed on the selected videos (or photos), then press
the MENU button to confirm.
- Pressing the OK button toggles between selecting and releasing the copy function.
"All Files" Copies all the videos (or photos).
6. The pop-up selection menu will appear depending on the selected menu item.
In this case, select the desired item with the Control buttons (W / X) and the OK button.
Images are copied in another storage media.





~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
If a memory card is not inserted, you cannot perform the "Copy" function.
If free space available on the storage is insufficient, copying may not be possible.
Delete unnecessary images. ²page 72
Copied videos (or photos) have no protection even if the original is set to be protected.
Copying may take a while depending on the number of files and file size.
Copying may not operate if the battery charge is insufficient. If available, use the AC
adaptor while copying to prevent power disconnection.
Note that removing the battery pack or disconnecting the AC power adaptor while you
copy files may damage the storage media.
Follow the same instructions to copy video clips (or photos) from a memory card to the
built-in memory. Before using this function, select the storage media that contains the
desired videos (or photos) to be copied.







playback options
Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
Copy Move Cancel
Copy
1/10 0:00:55
Copy
Select Files
All Files
Exit
Normal View
English_75
USING VIEW
This function provides a preview of the 16 image storyboard from a selected video to be printed. ²page 76
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.
²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
3. Select the Video thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
4. Use the Control button (S / T / W / X) to select the desired video, press the
VIEW button.
16 i-Frame images appear on the LCD screen.
The images from the selected video are selected arbitrarily, and compose the
preview of storyboard to be printed.
If you want to save the storyboard image on the storage media, press the
PHOTO button. Then you can find the saved storyboard image in the photo
play mode. ²page 50
If the recorded video is not at least 8 seconds long, less than 16 Storyboard
images will be displayed. (The recorded video must be at least 8 seconds long in
order to display all 16 images.)
This function is available only in the video thumbnail index view screen.
Pressing the ( ) button in STBY mode or full image display mode functions the
same as the Display ( ) button.G²page 30







Normal View
1/10 0:00:55
Photo Move Play
Exit Story-Board Print
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
76_English
STORY-BOARD PRINT
This function captures 16 still images arbitrarily from the selected video and saves them into the storage media.
It presents a quick overview of your video, helping you to understand the overall topic.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.
²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
3. Select the Video thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
4. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X/OK) to select "Story-Board
Print" Š "Select File."
5. Use the Control button (S /T / W / X) to select the desired videos, and then
press the OK button.
A message appears asking for your confirmation.
6. Select "Yes."
The printed storyboard image files appear on the LCD screen for about 3
seconds.
Images to be captured are selected arbitrarily, and compose a storyboard of
16 images. The saved storyboard can be found in the storage media’s DCIM
folder, using a computer. ²page 109





Storyboard images are displayed in 4:3 aspect ratio. Hence, it may not display the
entire image on the LCD screen. On a computer, it will display the entire image.
Using the VIEW button, you can preview storyboard images to be
printed.G²page 75
The storyboard printing may not show all 16 i-Frame thumbnails in following case:
- Recorded video is too short (To extract 16 i-Frame thumbnails from a movie,
its recorded time should be longer than 8 seconds.)



playback options
Normal View
1/10 0:59:59
Photo Move Play
Exit Move Select
Story-Board Print
1/10 0:59:59
Story-Board Print
Select File
Exit
Normal View
English_77
EDIT (DIVIDE)
You can divide a video clip as many times as you want in order to delete a section you no longer need.
The videos will be divided in groups of two.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.
²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
3. Select the Video thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
4. Press the MENU button ŠControl button (W / X/OK) to select "Edit" Š "Divide."
5. Select a desired video clip using the Control button (S /T / W / X/OK).
The selected video clip will be paused.
6. Search the point of division by pressing the Control button (W / X/OK).
7. Press the MENU button to pause at the point of division.
A message appears asking for your confirmation.
8. Select "Yes."
If you want to delete an unwanted section of a video clip, divide the video first,
and then delete the image (section) you no longer need. After dividing the
video clip, you can also combine other desired videos. ²page 79
The second image of the divided image will be displayed at the end of the
thumbnail index.






Exit Move Select
Divide
1/10 0:00:55
0:00:27/0:00:55
100-0001
Divide
Divide Play Frame
Edit
Divide
Combine
Exit
Normal View
78_English
The Divide function is not available in the following conditions:
- If the total recorded time of the video is less than 6 seconds.
- If you trying to divide sections without leaving 3 seconds at the beginning and the end.
- If the remaining section of the storage media space is less than approx. 40MB.
- Videos recorded or edited by other devices.
- Videos transferred to this camcorder by using Samsung Intelli-studio.
You can not delete a protected image. You must first release the protect function to delete it. ²page 73
The division point may drift before or after the designated point by approximately 0.5 seconds.



Example: You can divide a video clip into two in order to delete a section you no longer need.
1. Before dividing
2. After image is divided at 30 second
point.
3. After deleting
first image.
0~60 seconds 0~30 seconds 31~60 seconds 0~30 seconds
• One video clip is divided into two video clips.
playback options
English_79
EDIT (COMBINE)
You can combine two different video clips.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. ²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
3. Select the Video thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever.
4. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X/OK) to select “Edit” Š “Combine.”
5. Select a desired video clip using the Control button (S /T / W / X/OK).
The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected video clips.
Selecting the video thumbnail image toggles between the video thumbnail image
being selected for combining (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( )
indicator is removed from image).
6. Press the MENU button.
A message appears asking for your confirmation.
7. Select "Yes."
The two video clips are combined in the selected order and restored as one video clip.
The thumbnail of the first video clip will appear in the combined video clip.







2/9 0:01:58
Normal View
Photo Move Play
The combine function is not available in the following conditions:
- Videos in different resolution formats (TV Super Fine/TV Fine/TV Normal vs
Web Fine/Web Normal) cannot be combined.
- Videos in different aspect ratio cannot be combined. (4:3 vs 16:9 wide)
- The video file recorded in the Time Lapse REC mode and normal record file cannot be combined.
- If the total size of the two files to be combined exceeds approx. 1.8GB
- If the remaining section of the storage media space is less than approx. 40MB.
- If you combine videos having the same resolution but different qualities, the combined video will have the lower image
quality for playback. (For example, if you combine a video clip of "TV Super Fine" with another video clip of "TV Fine",
which has the same resolution, then the combined video will be in "TV Fine" resolution and quality.)
- Videos recorded or edited by other devices.
- Videos transferred to this camcorder by using Samsung Intelli-studio.
You cannot combine protected images. You must first release the protect function to paste it. ²page 73
The original video clips will not be preserved.
A maximum of 2 video clips can be combined at a time.
This function is available only in the thumbnail index view screen.





Combine
Combine
6/10 0:01:03
1
2
Cancel Move
Edit
Divide
Combine
Exit
Normal View
80_English
SLIDE SHOW
You can playback all the photos stored in the storage media automatically.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.
²page 23
Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) ²page 36
(If you want to playback images on a memory card, insert a memory card.)
2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.
3. Select the Photo thumbnail index view screen.
You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the
zoom lever.
4. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X) to select "Slide Show" Š
"Start."
5. Press the OK button.
The ( ) indicator is displayed. The Slide Show will start from the current image.
To end the slide show, press the OK button again.




playback options
Video Move Full View
1/10
Normal View
100-0001
Slide Show
Start
Exit
Normal View
1/10
100-0001
5 background music files are stored in the camcorder by default.
When a slide show begins, it plays background music in arbitrary order.
You can adjust the background music’s volume level using the Control button
(S / T) while in a slide show with music.


English_81
SLIDE SHOWOPTION
You can enjoy a slide show with various effects.
1. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X) to select "Slide Show Option."
2. Select an option by pressing the Control button (S /T / W / X) and then press
the OK button.
item contents
"Interval" Set the slideshow’s image transition interval. (1 sec or 3 sec)
"Effect"
If the "Effect" is set to "On", the slideshow displays images
consecutively.
"Music"
If the "Music" is set to "On", the slideshow will play back with
background music. (The background music is selected randomly
from 5 sample music files stored.)
3. The Slide Show will start with selected item.
To end the slide show, press the OK button again. •
FILE INFO
You can see the image information for all images.
1. Press the MENU button Š Control button (W / X/OK) to select "File Info" Š
"Select File."
2. Select a desired video clip using the Control button (S /T / W / X/OK).
The information of the selected file is displayed as shown below.
- Date
- Duration
- Size
- Resolution
Press the MENU button again after confirming.


File Info
Exit OK
Date
Duration
Size
Resolution
:
:
:
:
JAN/01/2009
00:00:55
22.6MB
TV Fine
100VIDEO SDV_0001.MP4
Slide Show Option
Music
Interval
Effect
Exit
Normal View
: Off
: 1Sec
: On
File Info
Select File
Exit
Normal View
82_English
CHANGING THE MENU SETTINGS IN "SETTINGS"
You can change the menu settings to customise your camcorder.
Access the desired menu screen by following the steps below and change the various settings.
1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.
²page 23
2. Press MENU button.
The menu screen appears.
3. Press the Control button (W / X) to select "Settings."
The menus in "Settings" mode will appear.
4. Select the desired submenu and menu item with the Control buttons
(S / T / W / X) and the OK button.
To return to the normal screen, press the MENU button.
Depending on the mode selected not all items will be selectable to be changed.
(If there is no storage media inserted, it cannot be selected and will be dimmed
on the menu: "Storage Type (SMX-K44/K45 only)", "Storage Info",
"Format", etc.)
Button Tips
a. MENU button : Use it to enter or exit the menu.
b. Control button (S / T / W / X) : Use it to move up/down/left/right
c. OK button : Use it to select or confirm the menu.
The pop-up selection menu will appear depending on the selected menu item.
In this case, select the desired item with the Control buttons (W / X) and the OK button.




settings options
Settings
File No.
Storage Info
Format
Exit
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
Select

Settings
File No.
Storage Info
Format
Series
Reset
Exit Move Select
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
English_83
MENU ITEMS
You can setup the date/time, OSD language and display settings of the camcorder.
Settings menu items ( )
Items
Record
(
/
)
mode
Play mode
(Thumbnail index screen)
Play mode
(Full image display mode)
Default
values
Page
Video Photo Video Photo
Storage Type * O O O Memory 84
Storage Info O O O O O - 84
Format O O O - 85
File No. O O O O O Series 85
Time Zone O O O O O Home 86
Date/Time Set O O O O O - 88
Date Type O O O O O - 88
Time Type O O O O O 12Hr 88
Date/Time Display O O O O O Off 89
LCD Brightness O 0 89
LCD Color O 0 89
Auto LCD Off ** O O O O O On 90
Menu Design O O O O O Misty White 90
Transparency O 0% 90
Beep Sound O O O On 91
Shutter Sound O O O O O On 91
Auto Power Off ** O O O O O 5 Min 91
Quick On STBY O 5 Min 92
PC Software O O O O O On 93
TV Display O O O On 93
Default Set O O O - 93
Version O O O O O - 93
Language O O O O O English 93
Demo O On 94
Anynet+(HDMI-CEC) O O O O O On 94
These menu items and default values may be changed without notice.
There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously in the menu. You cannot select the grey menu items.
Items marked with * are available only with SMX-K44/K45 models.
Items marked with ** are available only when the camcorder is supplied the power using the battery pack.





O : Possible
: Not possible
84_English
USING THE SETTINGS MENU ITEMS
Storage Info
It shows you the storage information. You can view the storage media, used memory
space and available memory space.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Memory"
(SMX-K44/K45
only)
It shows you the memory information of the built-in
memory.
None
"Card"
It shows you the memory information of the inserted
memory card.
None
If there is no storage media inserted, it cannot be selected and will be dimmed
on the menu.
In the Storage Info display, you can check the used and available memory
as well as the remaining recording time for each recording resolution. For the
desired information, scroll the screen using the Control (S / T) button.


Storage Type (SMX-K44/K45 only)
You can record videos (or photos) on the built-in memory or a memory card, so you should select the desired storage
media before starting recording or playback.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Memory"
Select the built-in memory for storage medium. You can record or play back images on
the built-in memory.
"Card"
Select a memory card as storage medium. You can record or play back images on a
memory card.
If there is no storage media inserted, it cannot be selected and will be dimmed on the menu.
settings options
Storage Info
Exit Move
TV Super Fine : 379Min
TV Fine : 469Min
TV Normal : 613Min
Web Fine : 469Min
Web Normal : 613Min
OK
Storage Info
Exit Move
Storage : Card
• Used : 190MB
• Free : 14.6GB
OK
English_85
File No.
File numbers are assigned to recorded files in the order they were recorded.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Series"
Assigns file numbers in sequence even if a memory card is replaced with another one or after
formatting, or after deleting all files. The file number is reset when a new folder is created.
None
"Reset"
Resets the file number to 0001 even after formatting, deleting all files or inserting a new memory
card.
None
When you set "File No." to "Series", each file is assigned with a different number so as to avoid duplicating file names. This is
convenient when you want to manage your files on a PC.
Format
Use this function if you want to delete all files completely or to correct problems on the storage media.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Memory"
(SMX-K44/K45 only)
Formats the built-in memory. None
"Card" Formats a memory card. None
Do not format the storage media on a PC or other device.
Make sure to format the storage media on this camcorder.
Format the memory card in the following cases:
- before using a new memory card
- a memory card formatted/recorded on other devices
- when this camcorder cannot read the memory card
A memory card with the protection tab set to lock will not be formatted.
If there is no storage media inserted, it can not be selected. Then it will be dimmed on the menu.




WARNING
Do not remove the recording medium or perform any other operation (such as turning off the power) during formatting.
Also, be sure to use the provided AC adapter, as the recording medium may be corrupted if the battery becomes
exhausted during formatting.
If the recording medium becomes corrupted, format it again.


86_English
Time Zone
You can easily set the clock to the local time when using your camcorder while travelling.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Home"
The clock will be used according to your setting on the "Date/Time Set" menu.
Select it when using this camcorder for the first time or when returning the clock to your
hometown date/time setting.
None
"Visit"
When you visit a different time zone, it allows you to use the local time without changing your
hometown time setting. The clock will be adjusted in accordance with the time difference
between the two locations.
Setting the clock to the local time ("Visit")
You can easily set the clock to the local time zone when travelling.
1. Press the Control button (S / T) to select the "Time Zone" in Settings mode,
and then press the OK button.
The Time Zone screen will be displayed.
2. Select "Visit" with the Control button (S/T/ OK) , and then select your local
area using the Control button (W / X).
You can check the time difference between "Home" and "Visit."
3. Press the OK button to confirm.
The clock is set to the time zone of the place you are visiting.
When "Time Zone" : "Visit" is set, the icon ( ) will be displayed next to the
date and time display. ²page 89




You can set the date and time in "Date/Time Set" from the "Settings" menuU
²page 34
0:00:00 [475Min]
9999
STBY
Settings
Time Zone
Format
File No.
Home
Visit
Exit Move Select
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
settings options
Home:[Home 00:00]
JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM
Visit
Back OK
London, Lisbon
English_87
The times are based on Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Cities used to set the time zone
Cities Time zone Cities Time zone
London, Lisbon +00:00 Adelaide +09:30
Rome, Paris, Berlin, Stockholm, Madrid,
Frankfurt
+01:00 Guam, Sydney, Brisbane +10:00
Athens, Helsinki, Cairo, Ankara +02:00 Solomon Islands +11:00
Moskva, Riyadh +03:00 Wellington, Fiji +12:00
Teheran +03:30 Samoa, Midway -11:00
Abu Dhabi, Muscat +04:00 Honolulu, Hawaii, Tahiti -10:00
Kabul +04:30 Alaska -09:00
Tashkent, Karachi +05:00 LA, San Francisco, Vancouver, Seattle -08:00
Calcutta, New Delhi +05:30 Denver, Phoenix, Salt Lake City -07:00
Almaty, Kathmandu +05:45 Chicago, Dallas, Houston, Mexico City -06:00
Dacca +06:00
New York, Miami, Washington D.C., Montreal,
Atlanta
-05:00
Yangon +06:30 Caracas, Santiago -04:00
Bangkok +07:00 Buenos Aires, Brasilia, Sao Paulo -03:00
Hong Kong, Beijing, Taipei, Singapore,
Manila
+08:00 Fernando de Noronha -02:00
Seoul, Tokyo, Pyongyang +09:00 Azores, Cape Verde -01:00
88_English
Date/Time Set
Set the current date and time so they can be recorded correctly. ²page 34
Date Type
You can select the desired date type.
settings contents on-screen display
2009/01/01 Displays the date in the order of year, month (two-digit) and day. 2009/01/01
JAN/01/2009 Displays the date in the order of month, day and year. JAN/01/2009
01/JAN/2009 Displays the date in the order of day, month and year. 01/JAN/2009
01/01/2009 Displays the date in the order of day, month (two-digit) and year. 01/01/2009
This function depends on the “Date/Time Display” setting.
Time Type
You can select the time format to display.
settings contents on-screen display
12 Hr The time is displayed in 12 hour units. 12:00 AM
24 Hr The time is displayed in 24 hour units. 00:00
This function depends on the “Date/Time Display” setting.
settings options
English_89
LCD Brightness
You can adjust the brightness of the LCD screen to compensate for ambient lighting
conditions.
Pressing the Control button ( X) will brighten the screen whereas pressing the Control
button (W ) will darken the screen.
A brighter LCD screen setting consumes more battery power.
If you adjust the LCD brightness when the ambient lighting is too bright, it is hard
to see the monitor indoors.
The LCD Brightness feature does not affect the brightness of images to be stored.
You can adjust the LCD Brightness from -15 to 15.






LCD Color
You can change the color impression of the screen with a variety of color options by
adjusting the red and blue color range.
When you set red and blue color range, the higher the figures, the brighter the LCD
screen will be.
You can adjust the LCD color (red/blue) from -15 to 15, using the Control button
(S/ T/ W/ X/ OK).
You can manipulate the color displayed on the LCD screen by adjusting the color ratio
of red and blue.
Adjusting the color display of LCD screen does not affect the image to be recorded.
Higher the value will produce brighter LCD screen when adjusting color range of red and blue.






Date/Time Display
You can set the date and time to display on the LCD screen.
• Before you use the “Date/Time Display” function, you must set the date and time. ²page 34
settings contents on-screen display
Off Current date and time information is not displayed. None
Date Displays the current date. JAN/01/2009
Time Displays the current time. 12:00 AM
Date & Time Displays the current date and time. JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM
The date/time will read “JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM” in the following conditions:
- The built-in rechargeable battery becomes weak or dead.
This function depends on the “Date Type” and “Time Type” setting.


0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
LCD Brightness
0
Exit Adjust OK
9999
0:00:00 [475Min] STBY
0
Exit Move OK
0
LCD Color
Blue
Red
9999
90_English
Auto LCD Off
To reduce power consumption, the brightness of the LCD screen is automatically dimmed if the camcorder is idle for
more than 2 minutes.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function None
"On"
When the camcorder is idle for more than 2 minutes in STBY mode, or for more than
5 minutes when recording a video, the power saving mode starts by dimming the LCD
screen.
None
When this “Auto LCD Off” function is enabled, you can press any button on the camcorder to return LCD
brightness to normal.
Auto LCD Off will be disabled in the following cases:
- If the DC power cable (AC power adaptor, USB cable) is connected


Menu Design
You can select the desired menu design.
"Misty White" "Premium Black " •
Transparency
You can select the desired transparency to display the menu.
"0%" "20% " "40%" "60%" •
<Transparency 60%> <Transparency 0%>
Settings
Transparency
Auto LCD Off
Menu Design
Exit Move Select
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
40%
0%
20%
settings options
The setting value is applied to the menu screen of
Record mode only.
English_91
Beep Sound
You can set the beep sound to on/off. If there is a beep sound when operating the menu settings, the setting is turned on.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function None
"On" When on, a beep will sound every time a button is pressed. None
The Beep sound function is canceled in the following cases:
- During recording, playing
- When the camcorder has a cable connection. (AV cable or mini HDMI cable)
Auto Power Off
To save battery power, you can set the "Auto Power Off" function which turns off the camcorder if there is no
operation for a certain period of time.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Off" The camcorder does not turn off automatically. None
"5 Min"
For power saving purpose, the camcorder will automatically turn power off if there is no
operation for 5 minutes in STBY mode or in thumbnail index view.
None
Auto Power Off will be disabled in the following cases:
- If the DC power cable (AC power adaptor, USB cable) is connected
- While the "Demo" function is running
- During recording, playing (Pause excluded), or a slideshow
- While the "Quick On STBY" function is running (Record mode)
Press the Power ( ) button to restart the camcorder.


Shutter Sound
You can turn the shutter sound on or off.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function None
"On" When on, the shutter will sound with each press of the PHOTO button. None
92_English
Quick On STBY
When you are going to record frequently for an extended time, use the Quick On STBY function. In standby mode,
closing the LCD screen will commence the Quick On STBY mode to reduce energy consumption. Once you are ready
to record again, this function enables the camcorder to come on quickly from the power saving mode.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Off" In the standby mode, closing the LCD screen turns off the camcorder. None
"5 Min"
In the standby mode, closing the LCD screen will soon execute the Quick On STBY
mode, and then the camcorder turns off after 5 minutes.
None
"10 Min"
In the standby mode, closing the LCD screen will soon execute the Quick On STBY
mode, and then the camcorder turns off after 10 minutes.
None
"20 Min"
In the standby mode, closing the LCD screen will soon execute the Quick On STBY
mode, and then the camcorder turns off after 20 minutes.
None
Turning off the camcorder after use is always recommended to reduce the energy consumption, however, you can
effectively use the Quick On STBY function for the frequent shooting conditions in the specified time schedule.
In the Quick On STBY mode, “Auto Power Off: 5 Min” setting is disabled.
The mode indicator keeps blinking in the Quick On STBY mode.
The Quick On STBY mode is not available in the following conditions:
- When the LCD screen is open.
- When a video cable (HDMI, AV) or the USB cable is connected to the camcorder.
- When operating the buttons on the camcorder.




settings options
English_93
PC Software
If you set PC Software to on, you can simply use the PC software by connecting the USB cable between the
camcorder and your PC. You can download the stored videos and photos stored on the camcorder to your
PC’s hard disk. Editing video/photo files is also available using the PC software.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Off" Disables the function None
"On"
You can simply use the PC software by connecting the USB cable between the camcorder and
your PC.
None
The PC Software is compatible with the Windows OS only. ²page 100
Version
The version information may be changed without notice for improvement.
Language
You can select a desired language to display the menu and messages. ²page 35
TV Display
You can select the output path of the OSD (On Screen Display).
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Off" The OSD appears in the LCD screen only.
None
"On" The OSD appears in the LCD screen and TV. (Connecting to a TV ²page 98) None
Default Set
You can initialise your camcorder settings to the factory defaults (initial settings at the factory).
Initialising the camcorder settings to factory defaults does not affect recorded images.
After resetting the camcorder, set "Time Zone" and "Date/Time Set." ²page 34
Samsung Electronics Co., LTD.
S/W 1.00, Jul 7 2009, 22:10:46
MICOM 1.00, JUL 7 2009
Version
Exit OK
94_English
Demo
Demonstration automatically shows you the major features that are included with your camcorder so that you may use
them more easily.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Off"
Disables the function None
"On"
Activates demonstration mode and shows various features on the LCD screen.
None
Using the Demo function
The Demo mode is canceled in the following cases:
- If any button is operated (Recording start/stop, PHOTO, EASY Q, etc.)
However, the camcorder will enter the Demo mode automatically after 5 minutes in STBY mode if it is idle for
5 minutes without operation. If you don’t want the Demo function to start, set “Demo” to “Off”.

The Demo function does not operate in the following cases:
- If “Auto Power Off” is set to “5 Min”(uses the battery as main power), the Auto Power Off function will turn the
camcorder off before Demo can run.
Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)
This camcorder supports Anynet+. Anynet+ is an AV network system that enables you to control all connected
Samsung AV devices with an Anynet+ supported Samsung TV remote control.
settings contents
on-screen
display
"Off"
Disables the function None
"On"
The Anynet+ function is enabled.
None
When you turn on the camcorder that is connected to an Anynet+ supporting TV with an HDMI cable, the TV
(Anynet+ supported) is automatically turned on. If you do not want to use this Anynet+ function, set the “Anynet+
(HDMI-CEC)” to “Off.”
For details on the Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) function, refer to the user manual of Samsung’s Anynet+ supported TV.


settings options
English_95
connecting to other devices
You can enjoy viewing your video recorded in SD in HD quality by setting the HD OUTPUT switch on the side of your
camcorder to “ON”. This connection is used when upconverting SD quality recorded images to HD for playback on an
HDTV. When playing back SD-quality (720x480/60i) videos on a HDTV, the images are upconverted to 1280x720/60p
or 1920x1080/60p. The connection methods and quality of the image viewed on the TV screen differ depending on what
type of TV is connected, and the connectors used. To playback high quality videos from your camcorder, check if your TV
set supports the “1920x1080p” or "1280x720p" resolutions. This camcorder supports HDMI output to deliver high-
definition video transfer.
CONNECTING TO A TV
You can view the recorded videos and photos on a large screen by connecting the camcorder to an HDTV or normal TV.
Select the HDMI jack on your TV. For more information about the connectors and the connection methods, refer to your
TV's user manual.


1. Turn on the camcorder and connect a Mini HDMI cable to the HDMI jack on your TV.
When connecting a cable, the connected device may not be recognized if the camcorder is turned off.
2. Set the HD OUTPUT switch on the side of your camcorder to “ON”.
Setting the HD OUTPUT switch to “OFF” displays the movie in its original quality.
3. Turn on your TV and set the TV’s input selector to the Input your camcorder is connected to.
Refer to the TV’s instruction manual to see how to select the TV input.



~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
ON
OFF
Camcorder
Signal flow
HDTV
Mini HDMI cable
HDMI
Connecting to a high definition TV
96_English
The HDMI jack on the camcorder is provided for output usage only.
If the Anynet+ supported TV is connected with the camcorder, turning on the camcorder may turn the TV's power
on. If you don’t want this function, set “Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)” to “Off.” ²page 94
Use only the HDMI 1.3 cable when connecting to the HDMI jack of this camcorder. If the camcorder is connected
with other HDMI cables, the screen display may not work.



What is Anynet+ function?
You can use the same remote control for devices that support the Anynet + function. You can use the Anynet +
function if the camcorder is connected with an HDMI cable to an Anynet+ supported TV. For more information,
refer to the Anynet+ supported TV’s user manual.
<A-type HDMI cable> <C-type to A-type HDMI cable>
Understanding the HDMI cable:
HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) is a compact audio/video interface for transmitting uncompressed
digital data. The HDMI jack on your camcorder is used only for output.
Only a C-type to A-type HDMI cable can be used with this camcorder.
connecting to other devices
English_97
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
VIDEO
AUDIO
L
R
Normal TV Camcorder
Signal flow
Connecting to a normal (standard definition) TV (4:3)
Use the provided Audio/Video cable to connect the camcorder to a TV as follows:
1. Connect the provided Audio/Video cable to the Audio/Video cable to the TV.
2. Turn on your TV and set the TV’s input selector to the Input your camcorder is connected to.
Refer to the TV’s instruction manual to see how to select the TV input. •
If only a mono audio input is available on the TV set, use the white
plug (audio L) on the audio cable.
Do not use excessive force when connecting the cables.
It is recommended to use the AC power adaptor as the power
source.
Before connecting, make sure that the volume on the TV is turned
down: forgetting this may cause feedback from the TV speakers.
Carefully connect the input and output cables to the corresponding
connections on the device the camcorder is being used with.





VIDEO AUDIO
L R
VIDEO AUDIO
Red
Yellow White
White
Yellow
Stereo Type
Monaural Type
Audio/Video cable
98_English
VIEWING ON A TV SCREEN
You can enjoy widescreen recordings on an HDTV (or a regular TV).
1. Turn on the TV and set the input selector to the input connection the
camcorder is connected to.
Refer to your TV's instruction manual to see how to set the input selector
on your TV.
2. Select the playback mode on your camcorder and start to playback videos.
Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. ²page 23
This camcorder supports the Anynet+ function, therefore, you can use
the same remote control for both devices if connected with HDMI cable
to the Anynet+ support TV. ²page 94
Adjust the volume to a moderate level. If the volume is too high, the video information may include noise.
If the “TV Display” is set “Off”, the TV screen will not display the camcorder's OSD (On Screen Display) menus.
²page 93
You will only hear audio from the camcorder on your TV in Video playback mode.
If you record videos in 4:3 mode, then connect the camcorder to an HDTV via HDMI, your videos will play back in
16:9 mode.







Refer to page 56 for the "16:9 Wide" setting.
WT
ON OFF MODE
Image display depending on LCD and TV screen ratio
Video Photo LCD
TV
16:9 4:3
16:9
4:3
Icon Subject
connecting to other devices
English_99
RECORDING (DUBBING) IMAGES ON A VCR OR DVD/HDD RECORDER
You can record (dub) images played back on this camcorder onto other video devices, such as VCRs or DVD/HDD
recorders. Use the Audio/Video cable (provided) to connect the camcorder to another video device as shown in the
following figure:
1. Turn on the camcorder and press the MODE button to select the Play mode. ²page 46
2. Insert the recording media in the recording device.
If your recording device has an input selector, set it to the input mode.
3. Connect your camcorder to the recording device (VCRs or DVD/HDD recorders) with the supplied AV cable.
4. Start recording on the recording device, then start playback on your camcorder.
Refer to the instruction manuals supplied with your recording device for details.
5. When dubbing is finished, stop the recording device, and then your camcorder.
Videos recorded on this camcorder can be dubbed by connecting with the supplied composite/AV cable. All the
recorded videos will be dubbed with SD (standard definition) image quality.
You cannot dub to a recorder with an HDMI cable.
Since dubbing is performed via analog data transfer, the image quality may deteriorate.
To hide the screen indicators (such as a counter, etc.) on the screen of the monitor device connected, set “TV
Display: Off.” ²page 89
To record the date/time, display it on the LCD screen. ²page 104







~
{
vu
vmm
tvkl
VIDEO
AUDIO
L
R
Camcorder
VCRs or DVD/ HDD recorders
Audio/Video cable
Signal flow Red
Yellow
White
100_English
using with a Windows computer
CHECKING YOUR COMPUTER TYPE
This chapter explains how to connect the camcorder to a computer using the USB cable.
Check your computer type before using!!!
To view your recordings on a computer, you need to check your computer type first. Then, take the steps below
according to your computer type.
Using with Windows Using with Macintosh
Connect your camcorder to the computer using
the USB cable.
• The built-in editing software Intelli-studio, runs
on the PC automatically once the camcorder
is connected to a Windows computer. (When
you specify “PC Software: On”). ²page 93
• The built-in software on your
camcorder, ‘Intelli-studio’, is
not Macintosh compliant. Play back or edit your recordings on the
computer using the built-in Intelli-studio
application. ²page 102
You can also upload your recordings to YouTube
or other web sites using Intelli-studio. ²page 105
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
~
{
vu vmm
tvkl
vmm
vu
vmm
1 2
English_101
WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH A WINDOWS COMPUTER
You can enjoy the following operations by connecting your camcorder to your Windows computer by using a USB cable.
Main Functions
• By using the built-in editing software, ‘Intelli-studio’ on your camcorder, you can enjoy the following operations:
- Playing back recorded videos or photos. ²page 104
- Editing recorded videos or photos. ²page 104
- Uploading the recorded videos and photos to YouTube or Flickr, etc. ²page 105
• You can transfer or copy the files (videos and photos) saved on the storage media to your computer.
(Mass storage function) ²page 108
System Requirements
The following requirements must be met for using the built-in editing software (Intelli-studio):
Items System Requirements
OS (Operating System) Microsoft windows Vista or XP
CPU Intel
®
Pentium
®
4 3.0 GHz or higher
AMD Athlon FX™ 3.0 GHz or higher
RAM 512 MB (1 GB or higher recommended)
Video Card nVIDIA Geforce 7600GT or higher
AMD(ATI) Radeon X1600 series or higher
Display 1024 x 768, 16-bit color or higher
(1280 x 1024, 32-bit color recommended)
USB USB 2.0 support
Direct X DirectX 9.0 or higher
System requirements mentioned above are recommendations. Even on a system that meets the requirements,
operations may not be ensured depending on the system.
On a slower computer than recommended, video playback may skip frames or operate unexpectedly.
When the version of DirectX on your computer is lower than 9.0, install the program in version 9.0 or higher.



102_English
USING THE INTELLI-STUDIO PROGRAM
Using the built-in Intelli-studio program in your camcorder, you can transfer video/photo files onto your PC and edit them
on your computer. The Intelli-studio offers the most convenient way for you to manage video/photo files by using the simple
USB cable connection between the camcorder and your PC.
Starting the Intelli-studio program
Step 1. Connecting the USB cable
1. Set the menu setting to “PC Software: On”. ²page 93
• You will find the default menu settings are set as shown at right.
2. Connect the camcorder and the PC with the USB cable.
• A new file saving screen appears with the Intelli-studio main window.
• According to your computer type, the corresponding removable disk window appears.
3. Click “Yes”, the uploading procedure will start. Click “Yes” to confirm.
• If you do not want to save a new file, select “No.”
Disconnecting the USB cable
After completing the data transfer, make sure to disconnect the cable in the following way:
1. Click on the “Safely Remove Hardware icon” icon on the taskbar.
2. Select “USB Mass Storage Device”, and then click “Stop”.
3. If the “Stop a Hardware device” window appears, click “OK.”
4. Disconnect the USB cable from the camcorder and PC.
Use the provided USB cable. (Supplied by Samsung)
Don’t apply excessive force when inserting or extracting the USB cable into/from a USB jack.
Insert the USB after checking the correct direction of its insertion.
We recommend using the AC power adaptor as power supply instead of the battery pack.
When the USB cable is connected, turning the camcorder on or off may cause the PC to malfunction.
If you disconnect the USB cable from the PC or the camcorder while transferring data, the data transfer will stop
and the data may be damaged.
If you connect the USB cable to a PC via a USB HUB or simultaneously connect the USB cable along with other
USB devices, the camcorder may not work properly. If this occurs, remove all USB devices from the PC and
reconnect the camcorder.
According to your computer type, the Intelli-studio program may not run automatically. In this case, open the
desired CD-ROM drive that has the Intelli-studio program in My Computer and run iStudio.exe.
When a USB cable is connected, if you have EmoDio (Samsung's MP3 player software) installed on your computer,
the EmoDio software may load first.









Settings
Default Set
PC Software
TV Display
:
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min]
:
Off
On
Exit Move Select
using with a Windows computer
English_103
Step 2. About the Intelli-studio main window
• When the Intelli-studio starts up, thumbnails of videos and photos are displayed in the main window.
❶ ❷ ❸ ❹ ❻ ❺ ❼
❾ ❽ ❿
1. Menu items
2. Selects the Desktop or Favorite on the PC.
3. Slide show of the photo files from the PC.
Playback of the video files from the PC.
4. Switches to Library of the PC and connected camcorder.
5. Switches to Edit mode.
6. Switches to Share mode.
7. Changes the size of thumbnails.
Displays all files (videos and photos)/Displays video files only.
Displays photo files only.
Sorts the files.
8. Imports folders from PC.
9. Selects the connected camcorder or storage.
10. Saves new files to PC.
11. Slide show of the photo files from the connected
camcorder.
Playback of the video files from the connected camcorder.
12. Saves the selected file to PC.
Saves the selected file to connected camcorder.
13. Moves the file selected in the PC to the Edit mode.
Moves the file(s) selected in the PC to the Share mode.
14. Moves the file(s) selected in the connected camcorder
to the Share mode.
104_English
Step 3. Playing back videos (or photos)
You can play back the recordings conveniently using the Intelli-studio application.
1. Run the Intelli-studio program. ²page 102
2. Click the desired folder to display your recordings.
• Video (or photo) thumbnails appear on the screen, according to the
selected source.
3. Select the video (or photo) that you want to play, and then double-click to play
back.
• Playback starts and the playback controls appear.
Step 4. Editing videos (or photos)
With Intelli-studio, you can edit videos or photos in various ways.
(Movie Effect, Fine-Tuning, Transition Effect, Insert Text etc.)
• To edit a file using the Intelli-studio, ensure to use a copy of the
desired file saved in My Computer before clicking on the “Edit” icon.
using with a Windows computer
English_105
Step 5. Sharing the video/photos online
Share your contents with the world by uploading photos and videos
directly to a web site with one click.
1. To do this, select “Share” in the main Video window.
2. Click “Add” and move the video or photo (drag and drop) to the
sharing window for upload.
• The selected file appears in the sharing window.
3. Click on the website you would like to upload files to.
• You can choose “YouTube,” “Flickr,” or the specified website
you want to set for your uploading management.
4. Click “Upload to Share Site” to start uploading.
• A pop-up window appears asking for your ID and the
password.
5. Enter your ID and password to access.
• Access to the web site contents can be limited depending on
your web access environment.
For more information about the Intelli-studio use, see the Help Guide by
clicking the “Menu” t “Help.”
106_English
Exporting the videos/photos to your camcorder.
1. Select the desired files to export.
2. Click on the ( ) icon to export the files to your camcorder.
3. The following pop-up window appears.
4. Click on the “OK” to export files. The files are saved to your camcorder.
1. Launch the Intelli-studio program by double-
clicking the program icon on the desktop screen
or connect the camcorder to your PC.
2. Click “Import Folder” to import the video or
photo files from your PC.
3. The selected video or photo files are imported
from your PC, and you can see the files'
location on the Intelli-studio browser.
4. You can double-click on the file you would like
to start playback.
The following is the file format supportable in Intelli-studio:
- Video formats: MP4 (Video: H.264, Audio: AAC), WMV (WMV 7/8/9)
- Photo formats: JPG, GIF, BMP, PNG, TIFF
Other functions with the Intelli-Studio
Importing and viewing the video/photos from your PC
While transferring any file, do not disconnect the USB cable.
It may cause damage to the camcorder or computer.
WARNING
When storing a video through Intelli-studio, it is automatically stored into
an MP4 file that can be played back. However, the only video file format
supportable in Intelli-studio can be converted and stored in the camcorder.
According to the resolution and type of the video, the storing time may differ.
Photos cannot be stored on the camcorder through Intelli-studio.



Imported
Files
Folders directory on your
PC
“Import Folder”
button.
using with a Windows computer
English_107
Installing Intelli-studio application on a Windows computer
• When the Intelli-studio application is installed on a Windows computer, it will run faster after connecting the
camcorder to your computer. Moreover, the application can be updated automatically and run directly on the
Windows computer.
• The Intelli-studio application can be installed on a Windows computer as follows:
Click on “Menu” t “Install Intelli-studio on PC.” in the Intelli-studio screen.

107_English
108_English
TRANSFERRING VIDEOS/PHOTOS FROM THE CAMCORDER TO YOUR COMPUTER
You can transfer or copy recorded data to a Windows computer by connecting the USB cable to the camcorder.
Photos Videos
Step 1. Viewing the contents of storage media (built-in memory or memory card)
1. Check the “PC Software: Off” setting. ²page 93
2. Check the storage media.
(If you have video or photos recorded on a memory card, insert a memory
card.) (SMX-K44/K45 only)
3. Connect the camcorder to the PC with the USB cable. ²page 100
• The “Removable Disk” or “Samsung” window appears on the PC’s screen
after a moment.
• The removable disk appears when connecting a USB.
• Select “Open folders to view files using Windows Explorer” and click “OK.”
4. The folders in the storage media appear.
• Different file types are stored in different folders.
If the “Removable Disk” window does not appear, confirm the connection
(¬page 100) or repeat steps 1 and 3 again.
When the removable disk does not appear automatically, open the
removable disk folder of My Computer.
If the connected camcorder’s disk drive does not open or the context
menu that appears when right-clicking your mouse (open or browse)
appears broken, your computer may be infected by an Autorun virus.
Be sure to update your antivirus software to the latest version.



using with a Windows computer
English_109
Structure of folders and files on the storage media
The folder and file structure for built-in memory or memory card is as follows.
Don’t arbitrarily change or remove the folder or file name. It may not be playable.


Image format
Videos
Videos are compressed in H.264 format. The file extension is ".MP4."
Refer to page 55 for video resolution.
Photos
Photos are compressed in JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) format. The file extension is ".JPG."
Refer to page 55 for photo resolution.
When the 9,999th file is created in the 999th folder (i.e. SDV_9999.MP4 is created in the 999 VIDEO folder), no more folders
can be created. Backup your files to a PC and format the storage media, and then reset the file numbering from the menu.
We don't recommend you modify the name of a file/folder stored in the storage media using a PC.
If you modify it, this camcorder may not recognise the modified files.
You can use your camcorder as a storage device.







SDV_0001.MP4
DCIM
VIDEO
100PHOTO
WEB_0002.MP4
SDV_0003.MP4
SDE_0004.MP4
WEB_0005.MP4
SAM_0001.JPG
SAM_0002.JPG
100VIDEO
1
2
Videos (H.264)
y
The SD-quality videos are named as “SDV_####.MP4” and Web videos are named as
“WEB_####.MP4”.
The SD quality videos will be named as SDE_####.MP4 when you edit videos using the PC
software.
The file number automatically increases when a new video clip file is created.
Up to 9,999 files can be created in one folder. A new folder is created when more than 9,999
files are created.
Photos
z
As with video clip files, the file number automatically increases when a new image file is created.
The maximum file number allowed is the same as in video clip files.
A new folder stores files starting with SAM_0001.JPG.
The folder name increases in the order of 100PHOTO Š 101PHOTO etc.
Up to 9,999 files can be created in one folder. A new folder is created when more than 9,999
files are created.








110_English
maintenance & additional information
MAINTENANCE
Your camcorder is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care.
The suggestions below will help you fulfil any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many years.
+For safekeeping of the camcorder, be sure to turn it off.
- Remove the battery pack and AC power adaptor. ²page 16
- Remove a memory card. ²page 37
Cautions on Storing
Do not leave the camcorder in a place where the temperature is very high for a long period of time:
The temperature inside a closed vehicle or trunk can become very high in a hot season. If you leave the camcorder
in such a place, it could malfunction or the case could be damaged. Do not expose the camcorder to direct
sunlight or place it near a heater.
Do not store the camcorder in a place where the humidity or dust level is high:
Dust entering the camcorder could cause a malfunction. If humidity is high, the lens could become moldy, and
the camcorder could become inoperative. It is recommended that you put the camcorder in a box together with a
desiccant packet to help protect it from humidity when storing it in a closet, etc.
Do not store the camcorder in a place subject to strong magnetismor intense vibrations:
This could cause malfunctions.
Detach the battery pack fromthe camcorder and store it in a cool place:
Leaving the battery pack attached or storing it at high temperature could shorten its life.
Cleaning the camcorder
+ Before cleaning, turn off the camcorder and remove the battery pack and AC power adaptor.
To clean the exterior
- Wipe gently with a soft dry cloth. Do not apply excessive force when cleaning, gently rub the surface.
- Do not use benzene or thinner to clean the camcorder. The coating of exterior could peel off or the case could
deteriorate.
To clean the LCD monitor
Wipe gently with a soft dry cloth. Be careful not to damage the monitor.






English_111
To clean the lens
Use an optional air blower to blow out dirt and other small objects. Do not wipe the lens with cloth or your fingers.
If necessary, wipe gently with lens cleaning paper.
- Mold may form if the lens is left dirty.
- If the lens looks dimmer, turn off the camcorder and leave it for about 1 hour.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Storage media
Be sure to follow the guidelines below to prevent corruption or damage of your recorded data.
- Do not bend or drop the storage media, or subject it to strong pressure, jolts or vibrations.
- Do not splash the storage media with water.
- Do not use, replace, or store the storage media in locations that are exposed to strong static electricity or
electrical noise.
- Do not turn off the camcorder power or remove the battery or AC power adaptor during recording, playback,
or when otherwise accessing the storage media.
- Do not bring the storage media near objects that have a strong magnetic field or that emit strong
electromagnetic waves.
- Do not store the storage media in locations with high temperature or high humidity.
- Do not touch the metal parts.
Copy the recorded files to your PC. Samsung shall not be responsible for any lost data.
(It is recommended that you copy the data fromyour PC to other media for storage.)
A malfunction may cause the storage media to fail to operate properly. Samsung will not provide any
compensation for any lost contents.
Refer to pages 38-39 for details.
LCD screen
To prevent damage to the LCD screen
- Do not push it too hard or knock it on anything.
- Do not place the camcorder with LCD screen facing down.
To prolong service life, avoid rubbing it with a coarse cloth.
Be aware of the following phenomena for LCD screen use. They are not malfunctions.
- While using the camcorder, the surface around the LCD screen may heat up.
- If you leave power on for a long time, the surface around the LCD screen becomes hot.







112_English
Battery packs
The supplied battery pack is a lithium-ion battery. Before using the supplied battery pack or an optional battery pack,
be sure to read the following cautions:
To avoid hazards
- Do not burn.
- Do not short-circuit the terminals. When transporting, carry the battery in a plastic bag.
- Do not modify or disassemble.
- Do not expose the battery to temperatures exceeding 60°C (140°F), as this may cause the battery to overheat,
explode or catch fire.
To prevent damage and prolong service life
- Do not subject to unnecessary shock.
- Charge in an environment where temperatures are within the tolerances shown below.
This is a chemical reaction - cooler temperatures impede chemical reaction, while warmer temperatures can
prevent complete charging.
- Store in a cool, dry place. Extended exposure to high temperatures will increase natural discharge and shorten
service life.
- Fully charge the battery pack at least every 6 months when storing the battery pack over a long period of time.
- Remove from your camcorder when not in use, as these components may use current even when switched off.
It is recommended that only genuine Samsung batteries be used in this camcorder.
Using generic non-Samsung batteries can cause damage to the internal charging circuitry.
It is normal for the battery pack to be warm after charging, or after use.
Temperature range specifications
- Charging: 50°F to 95°F (10°C to 35°C)
- Operation: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)
- Storage: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C)
The lower the temperature, the longer recharging takes.





maintenance & additional information
English_113
NTSC-compatible countries/regions
Bahamas, Canada, Central America, Japan, Korea, Mexico, Philippines, Taiwan, United States of America, etc.
PAL-compatible countries/regions
Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, China, CIS, Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany,
Greece, Great Britain, Netherlands, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Malaysia, Mauritius,
Norway, Romania, Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Thailand,
Tunisia, etc.
You can make recordings with your camcorder and view pictures on the LCD screen from anywhere in the world.
USING YOUR CAMCORDER ABROAD
Each country or region has its own electric and color systems.
Before using your camcorder abroad, check the following items.
Power sources
The provided AC adaptor enables you to use your camcorder in any country/region within the AC 100 V to 240 V,
50/60 Hz range. Use a commercially available AC plug adaptor, if necessary, depending on the design of the wall
outlet.
On TV color systems
Your camcorder is an NTSC-system-based camcorder. If you want to view your recordings on a TV or to copy it to an
external device, it must be an NTSC-system-based TV or an external device having the appropriate Audio/Video jacks.
Otherwise, you may need to use a separate video format transcoder (NTSC-PAL format converter).


114_English
troubleshooting
TROUBLESHOOTING
+ Before contacting a Samsung authorized service center, perform the following simple checks.
They may save you the time and expense of an unnecessary call.
Warning indicators and messages
Power source
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Low Battery - The battery pack is almost discharged.
Change to a charged one or use the AC power
adaptor. Charge the battery pack.

Storage media
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Memory Full
(SMX-K44/K45
only)
There is not enough space to record on the
built-in memory.
Delete unnecessary files on the
built-in memory. Use a memory card.
Back-up files to your PC or another storage
media and delete files.


Insert Card
There is no memory card inserted in the
card slot.
Insert a memory card. •
Card Full
There is not enough space to record on a
memory card.
Delete unnecessary files on a memory card.
Use the built-in memory. (SMX-K44/K45 only)
Back-up files to your PC or another storage
media and delete files.
Change to another memory card which has
enough free space.



English_115
Recording
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Write Error -
Some problems occured while writing
data to storage media.
Format storage media using menus after
backing-up important files to your PC or
another storage media.

Release the EASY Q -
You cannot operate some functions
manually when EASY Q is activated.
Release EASY Q function. •
Recovering Data… - The file was not created normally.
Wait until data recovery is finished.
Never turn off the power and eject memory
card during recording.


Message Icon Informs that... Action
Card Error
The memory card has some problem and
cannot be recognized.
Format the memory card or replace it with a
new one.

Card Locked
The write protection tab on an memory
card has been set to lock.
Release the write protection tab. •
Not Supported Card
The memory card is not supported in this
camcorder.
Change to a memory card that we
recommended.

Please format The memory card is not formatted. Format the memory card using the menu. •
Not formatted.
Format the Card?
(Format the memory?)
-
The format of the file is not supported by
this camcorder.
The file format is not supported.
Check the supported file.
Format the memory card using menu item.


Low speed card.
Please record a lower
resolution.
-
The memory card does not have
enough speed to record.
Record video at a lower resolution.
Change the memory card to a faster one.
²page 38


116_English
Playback
Message Icon Informs that... Action
Read Error -
Some problems occurred during reading
data from storage media.
Format storage media using menus after
backing up important files to PC or another
storage device.

The Number of
video files is full.
Cannot copy videos.
-
Folder and files have reached capacity
and you can not record.
Format the storage media using the menu after
backing up important files to your PC or another
storage device. Set "File No." to "Reset."

The Number of
photo files is full.
Cannot copy photos.
-
Folder and files have reached their
capacity and you cannot take a picture.
Format storage media using the menu item after
backing up important files to your PC or another
storage device. Set "File No." to "Reset."

When there is condensation, put the camcorder aside for a while before using
What is condensation?
Condensation occurs when a camcorder is moved to a place where the temperature differs significantly from the
previous place. In other words, the water vapor in the air turns into dew because of the temperature difference,
and it condensates like dew on the external or internal lenses of the camcorder and on the reflection lens.
When this happens, you temporarily may not use the record or play functions of the camcorder. Also, it may
cause a malfunction or damage to the camcorder when using the device with the power on while there is
condensation.
What can I do?
Turn the power off and detach the battery pack, and leave it in a dry area for 1~2 hours before using it.
When does condensation occur?
When the device is relocated to a place with a higher temperature than the previous location, or when using it in
a hot area suddenly.
- When recording outdoors in cold weather during the winter and then using it in indoors.
- When recording outdoors in hot weather after being indoors or inside a car where the air conditioner was
running.
Note before sending your camcorder for repair.
If these instructions do not solve your problem, contact your nearest Samsung authorised service center.
Depending on the problem, the camcorder's built-in memory (SMX-K44/K45 only) may need to be initialized or
replaced and the data will be deleted. Be sure to back up the data on the camcorder to other storage media
before sending your camcorder in for repair. Samsung cannot guarantee any loss of your data.





CAUTION
troubleshooting
English_117
+ If you encounter any problems using your camcorder, check the following before asking for a service repair.
If these instructions do not solve your problem, contact the nearest Samsung authorized service center.
Symptoms and solutions
Power
Symptom Explanation/Solution
The camcorder does not turn on.
The battery pack may not be installed on your camcorder.
Insert a battery pack into the camcorder.
The inserted battery pack may be discharged.
Charge the battery pack or replace it with a charged one.
If you use an AC power adaptor, make sure it is properly connected to the
wall outlet.
Remove the battery pack or unplug the AC power adaptor, and reconnect
the power supply to the camcorder before turning it on.




The power automatically turns
off.
Is "Auto Power Off" set to "5 Min"?
If no button is pressed for about 5 minutes, the camcorder is automatically
turned off ("Auto Power Off"). To disable this option, change the setting of
"Auto Power Off" to "Off." ²page 91
The battery pack is almost discharged. Charge the battery pack or replace it
with a charged one.
Use the AC power adaptor.



Power cannot be turned off.
Remove the battery pack or unplug the AC power adaptor, and reconnect
the power supply to the camcorder before turning it on.

The battery pack is quickly
discharged.
The temperature is too low.
The battery pack is not fully charged. Recharge the battery pack.
The battery pack reached the end of its lifespan and cannot be recharged.
Use another battery pack.



118_English
Displays
Symptom Explanation/Solution
The TV screen or LCD
display has distorted images
or has stripes at the top/
bottom or on the left/right.
It can occur when recording or viewing a 16:9-ratio image on a 4:3-ratio TV,
or vice versa. For more details, see the display specification.

Unknown image appears on
the LCD screen.
The camcorder is in Demo mode. If you do not want to see Demo images, change
the setting of "Demo" to "Off." ²page 94

Unknown indicator appears
on the screen.
A warning indicator or message appears on the screen. ²pages 114~116 •
The after image remains on
the LCD screen.
This occurs if you disconnect the AC power adaptor or remove the battery pack
before turning the power off.

The image on the LCD
screen looks dark.
Ambient light is too bright. Adjust the brightness and angle of the LCD.
Use the LCD Enhancer function.


troubleshooting
English_119
Storage Media
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Memory card functions are not
operable.
Insert a memory card into your camcorder properly. ²page 37
If you use a memory card formatted on a computer, format it again directly
on your camcorder. ²page 85


Image cannot be deleted.
You cannot delete the images protected by another device.
Release the protection of the image on the device. ²page 73
Release the lock on the write-protect tab of the memory card
(SDHC memory card, etc.), if any. ²page 38


You cannot format the memory
card.
Release the lock on the write-protect tab of the memory card
(SDHC memory card, etc.), if any. ²page 38
Copy all important recorded files to your PC before formatting.
Samsung shall not be responsible for any loss of data. (It is recommended
that you copy the data to your PC or other storage media.)


The data file name is not indicated
correctly.
The file may be corrupted.
The file format is not supported by your camcorder.
Only the file name is displayed, if the directory structure does not comply
with the international standard.



Does not charge or operate even if
the battery pack is inserted.
Check whether you're using a Samsung battery pack. A non-Samsung
battery pack may not be recognized properly by the camcorder.

120_English
Recording
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Pressing the Recording start/
stop button does not start
recording.
There is not enough free space to record on the the storage media.
Make sure the memory card is inserted and write-protect tab is set to
unlock.
The internal temperature of your camcorder is unusually high.
Turn off your camcorder and leave it for a while in a cool place.
Your camcorder is damp and moist inside (condensation).
Turn off your camcorder and leave it for about 1 hour in a cool place.




The actual recording time is less
than the estimated time.
The estimated recording time may vary depending on contents and features
used.
Recording a fast-moving subject increases the bit rate and consequently
the amount of storage space required for the recording, which can lead to a
shorter available recording time.


The recording stops automatically.
There is no more free space for recording on the storage media.
Back up important files on your PC and format the storage media or delete
the unnecessary files.
If you frequently record or delete files, the performance of the built-in memory
will deteriorate. In this case, reformat the built-in memory.
If you use a memory card with a low writing speed, the camcorder
automatically stops recording the videos and the corresponding message
appears on the LCD screen.



When recording a subject
illuminated by bright light, vertical
lines appear.
The camcorder is unable to record these levels of brightness. •
troubleshooting
English_121
Symptom Explanation/Solution
When the screen is exposed to
direct sunlight during recording,
the screen turns red or black for an
instant.
Do not leave the camcorder with the LCD screen exposed to direct sunlight. •
During recording, the date/time
does not display.
"Date/Time Display" to on. ²page 89 •
The beep sound is not heard.
Set the "Beep Sound" to "On."
The beep sound is temporally off while recording videos.
When the Audio/Video cable jack is connected to the camcorder, the beep
sound will automatically turn off.



There is a time difference between
the point where you press the
Recording start/stop button and
the point where the recorded video
starts/stops.
On your camcorder, there may be a slight time delay between the point
when you press Recording start/stop button and the actual point where
the recorded video starts/stops. This is not an error.

The recording stops.
The internal temperature of your camcorder is unusually high. Turn off your
camcorder and leave it for a while in a cool place.
Your camcorder is damp and moist inside (condensation). Turn off your
camcorder and leave it for about 1 hour in a cool place.


You cannot record a photo image.
Set your camcorder to Record mode. ²page 23
Release the lock on the write-protection tab of the memory card if set.
The storage media is full.
Use a new memory card or format the storage media. ²page 85
Or remove unnecessary images. ²page 72



Recording
122_English
Adjusting the image during recording
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Focus does not adjust
automatically.
Set "Focus" to "Auto." ²page 61
The recording conditions are not suitable for auto focus.
Adjust the focus manually. ²page 61
The lens is dusty on the surface. Clear the lens and check the focus.
Recording is being made in a dark place. Increase the brightness in the place.




The image appears too bright or
flickering, or changes in color.
This occurs when recording images under a fluorescent lamp, sodium lamp, or
mercury lamp. Cancel "iSCENE" to minimise these phenomena. ²page 54

Playback on other devices (TV, etc.)
Symptom Explanation/Solution
You cannot view the image or
hear the sound on the connected
device.
Connect the audio line of the Audio/Video cable jack to your camcorder and the
connected device (TV, DVD recorder, etc). (Red color- right, White color- left)
The Audio/Video cable jack is not connected properly. Make sure that the Audio/
Video cable jack is connected to the proper jack. ²page 95


Playback on your camcorder
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Pressing the playback (Play/Pause)
button did not start playing.
Press the MODE button to set Video Play mode.
Image files recorded on another camcorder may not play on your camcorder.
Check out a memory card compatibility. ²page 38



The Skip or Search function does
not work properly.
If the temperature inside the camcorder is too high, it cannot function properly.
Turn the camcorder off, wait for a few moments, and turn it on again.

Playback is interrupted unexpectedly. Check if the AC adaptor or battery pack is properly connected and stable. •
You cannot hear sound when
playing a Time Lapse recording.
The Time Lapse REC function does not support sound. ²page 66 •
Photos stored on a storage media
are not displayed in the actual size.
Photos recorded on other devices may not appear at actual size.
This is not an error.

troubleshooting
English_123
Connecting to a computer
Symptom Explanation/Solution
When using the videos,
a computer does not
recognize your camcorder.
Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and camcorder, restart the
computer, then reconnect it correctly.

Cannot play a video file
properly on a PC.
A video codec is needed to play the file recorded on your camcorder. Install or run
the built-in edit software (Intelli-studio).
Make sure you insert the connector in the correct direction, and connect the USB
cable to the USB jack on your camcorder firmly.
Disconnect the cable from the computer and camcorder, restart the computer.
Reconnect it properly.
Your computer may not have the necessary performance specifications to play-
back a video file. Check the recommended computer specifications.




Intelli-studio does not
function properly.
Exit the Intelli-studio application, and restart the Windows computer.
Intelli-studio is not Macintosh compliant.
Set “PC Software” to “On” in the Settings menu.
According to your computer type, the Intelli-studio program may not run automati-
cally. In this case, open the desired CD-ROM drive that has the Intelli-studio program
in My Computer and run iStudio.exe.




The image or sound on your
camcorder is not played on
your computer properly.
Video playback or sound may stop temporarily depending on your computer.
The video or sound copied to your computer is not affected.
If your camcorder is connected to a computer that does not support Hi-speed
USB (USB2.0), the images or sound may not be played back correctly.
The images and sound copied to your computer are not affected.


The playback screen is
paused or distorted.
Check the system requirements to play a video. ²page 101
Exit all other applications running on the current computer.
If a recorded video is played on your camcorder when it is connected to a
computer, the image may not play smoothly, depending on the transfer speed.
Please copy the file to your PC, and then play it back.



124_English
General operations
Symptom Explanation/Solution
The date and time are
incorrect.
Has the camcorder been left unused for a long period of time?
The backup built-in rechargeable battery may be discharged. ²page 34

Pressing a button will not
turn on or operate the
computer.
Remove the battery pack or unplug the AC power adaptor, and reconnect the
power supply to the camcorder before turning it on.

Connecting/Dubbing with other devices (TV, DVD recorder, etc.)
Symptom Explanation/Solution
You cannot dub correctly
using the Audio/Video
cable.
The Audio/Video cable is not connected properly. Make sure that the Audio/Video
cable is connected to the proper jack, i.e. to the input jack of the device used for
dubbing an image from your camcorder. ²page 95

troubleshooting
English_125
Symptom Explanation/Solution
Menu items are
grayed out.
You cannot select grayed items in the current recording/playback mode.
Most of the menu items cannot be selected when you set the EASY Q function.
If there is no storage media inserted, it cannot be selected and will be dimmed on the menu :
"Storage Type", "Storage Info", "Format", etc.
There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously. The following list shows examples
of unworkable combinations of functions and menu items.
If you want to set the desired functions, do not set the following items first.




Menu
<Cannot Use> <Because of the following setting>
"Back Light" "C.Nite"
"C.Nite" "iSCENE"
"Focus : Face Detection"
"C.Nite", "iSCENE", "Aperture : Manual", "Shutter Speed
: Manual", "Digital Effect : Mirror, Mosaic, Step printing",
"Video Resolution : Web Fine, Web Normal"
"Digital Effect : Mirror, Mosaic,
Step printing"
"C.Nite", "16:9 Wide"
"Fader" "Time Lapse REC"
"Shutter Speed : Manual" "C.Nite", "Aperture : Manual"
"Aperture : Manual" "C.Nite", "Shutter Speed : Manual"
"ZoomType : Intelli-Zoom"
"16:9 Wide : Off",
"Video Resolution : Web Normal, Web Fine"
"ZoomType : Digital Zoom"
"C.Nite", "Digital Effect : Mirror, Mosaic, Step printing",
"Video Resolution : Web Fine, Web Normal"
"16:9 Wide" "Video Resolution : Web Fine, Web Normal"
126_English
Model Name: SMX-K40BN/SMX-K40SN/SMX-K40LN/SMX-K44BN/SMX-K44SN/SMX-K44LN
SMX-K45BN/SMX-K45SN/SMX-K45LN
System
Video signal NTSC
Picture compression format H.264/AVC Format
Audio compression format AAC (Advanced Audio Coding)
Recording resolution
TV Super Fine (about 5.0Mbps), TV Fine (about 4.0Mbps), TV Normal (about 3.0Mbps),
Web Fine (about 4.0Mbps), Web Normal (about 3.0Mbps)
Image device CCD (Charge Coupled Device) (Max: 680K pixels)
Lens F1.8 to 4.9, 52x (Optical), 65x (Intelli), 2200x (Digital) Electronic zoom lens
Focal Length 2.1mm~109.2mm
Filter diameter Ø39
LCD screen
Size/dot number 2.7 inches wide, 230k
LCD screen method 1.6" interlaced scan, LCD panel / TFT active matrix system
Connectors
Composite video out 1.0V (p_p), 75ů, analog
HDMI output C-type
Audio output -7.5dBm 47Ků, analog, stereo
USB output mini USB-B type (USB2.0 High Speed)
General
Power source 5.0V (Using AC adaptor), 3.7V (Using Lithium Ion battery pack)
Power source type Power supply (100V~240V) 50/60Hz, Lithium Ion battery pack
Power consumption 2.2W (LCD on)
Operating temperature 32˚F~104˚F (0˚~40˚C)
Operating humidity 10% ~80%
Storage temperature -4˚F ~ 140˚F (-20˚C ~ 60˚C)
Dimensions (W x H x D) Approx. 2.32" x 2.55" x 4.84" (59mm x 65mm x 123mm)
Weight Approx. 0.51Ibs (235g) (without battery pack or memory card)
Internal MIC Omni-directional stereo microphone
- These technical specifications and design may be changed without notice.
specifications
SAMSUNG
LIMITED WARRANTY
SAMSUNG Electronics America Inc. (SEA), warrants that this product is free from defective material and
workmanship.
SEA further warrants that if product fails to operate properly within the specified warranty period and the failure is due
to improper workmanship or defective material, SEA will repair or replace the product at it’s option.
All warranty repairs must be performed by a SEA authorized service center. The name and address of the location
nearest you can be obtained by calling toll free: 1-800 SAMSUNG (1-800-726-7864).
Labor
90 days carry-in
Parts
1 year
On carry-in models, transportation to and from the service center is the customer’s responsibility.
The original dated sales receipt must be retained by the customer and is the only acceptable proof of purchase.
It must be presented to the authorized service center.
EXCLUSIONS (WHAT IS NOT COVERED)
This warranty does not cover damage due to accident, fire, flood and/or other acts of God; misuse, incorrect line
voltage, improper installation, improper or unauthorized repairs, commercial use, or damage that occurs in shipping.
Exterior and interior finish, lamps, and glass are not covered under this warranty.
Customer adjustments which are explained in the instruction manual are not covered under the terms of this
warranty.
This warranty will automatically be voided for any unit found with a missing or altered serial number. This warranty is
valid only on products purchased in the United States and Puerto Rico.
Some States do not allow the exclusions or limitations of incidental or consequential damages, or allow limitations on
how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from State to State.
warranty
RoHS compliant
Our product complies with “The Restriction Of the use of certain Hazardous Substances
in electrical and electronic equipment”, and we do not use the 6 hazardous materials-
Cadmium(Cd), Lead (Pb), Mercury (Hg), Hexavalent Chromium (Cr +6), Poly Brominated
Biphenyls (PBBs), Poly Brominated Diphenyl Ethers(PBDEs)- in our products.
If you have any questions or comments relating to
Samsung products, please contact the SAMSUNG
customer care center Samsung Electronics America, inc.
1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864)
www.samsung.com/us

key features of your memory camcorder
High-resolution color widescreen LCD (2.7” WIDE TFT LCD) This Samsung memory camcorder utilizes a 2.7-inch 230k pixel Widescreen LCD which allows bright and clear monitoring. In addition, the LCD Enhancer adjusts color and brightness to the screen lighting conditions for better monitoring under strong sunlight. H.264/AVC (MPEG4 part 10/Advanced Video Coding) encoding Latest video compression technology, H.264, uses a high compression rate to sharply increase the recordable time with the same size storage. Simple & easy user interface Designed to provide optimized and easy use with an ergonomic design. An improved Graphics User Interface offers a new and fresh look as well as an easy operation. SSD (Solid State Drive) adopted as built-in memory (16GB (SMX-K44 only), 32GB (SMX-K45 only)) SSD based on flash memory has been adopted as built-in memory for the camcorder. SSD helps the camcorder boot, read data and operate the software much faster than normal HDD (Hard Disk Drives). Also, SSD is very stable, durable and makes less noise while in operation. It is environment-friendly because low electric power is required. User-friendly functions User-friendly EASY Q optimises your memory camcorder to the recording conditions automatically, providing beginners with the best performance. Twice the memory options (16GB (SMX-K44 only), 32GB (SMX-K45 only)) The memory camcorder’s external memory slot accepts high capacity SDHC cards. Play and transfer videos quickly and easily using the memory type of your choice. In addition to this slot, the memory camcorder has built-in memory. High-resolution image through Mobile DNIe The Samsung memory camcorder has 3DNR (3-dimensional noise reduction), high-sensitivity color expression (intelligent color expression), High performance Anti-Shake (OIS:Optical Image Stabilizer), and automatic face detection features. Capture visions farther than the eye can see : 52x Optical Power Zoom, 65x Intelli-Zoom, and 2200x Digital Zoom Samsung's powerful optical zoom lenses bring the world closer without losing image quality. In addition, Digital Zoom Interpolation enables clearer digital zooming, with less distortion than previous types of digital zooms. ii_English

Capture photo images Captures a moving subject instantly and saves the scene as a photo image. Time lapse recording catches the moment You can record a long scene in short intervals. Record artistic, documentary videos including the passage of clouds, blooming flowers etc. Use this function to make UCC (User Created Contents) videos, educational programs or for other purposes. Direct upload of your videos to the web! The built-in editing Intelli-studio software installs directly from this camcorder to your PC, enabling convenient connection with a USB cable. Intelli-studio also allows direct uploading of your contents to YouTube or Flickr. Sharing the contents with your friends is simpler than ever before. Make a digest of your video! Storyboard printing! This function captures 16 still images arbitrarily from the selected video and saves them into the storage media. It presents a quick overview of your video, helping you to understand the overall topic. Preview Storyboard printing with the VIEW button! This function provides a preview of the 16 image storyboard to be printed. SD to HD-quality upscaling function! You can enjoy viewing your video recorded in SD in HD quality by setting the HD OUTPUT switch on the side of your camcorder to “ON”. This function is used when upconverting SD recordings to HD for playback on a HDTV.
iSC EN EV ie

Off

On

w

Aut o
1/10
Date Vie w

01/JAN

Phot o /2009

0:02

:03 E Play

iS 1/10 CEN

Normal View 0:00:55

Photo

0:10:3 1 1/10 Date Play

Various methods for playback as you want with Multi View Option! The Multi View Option enables you to sort thumbnails of recorded videos and photos in the order of recording, recorded date, and the iSCENE mode for playback.

Photo

Move

Play

English_iii

keep it in a safe place for future reference. iv_English . CAUTION CAUTION To reduce the risk of fire. explosion. After reading this section. Caution Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. a suitable plug adaptor should be used. Please follow them explicitly. Replace only with the same or equivalent type. fire or similar. follow these basic safety precautions: Hints or referential pages that may be helpful when operating the camcorder.safety warnings What the icons and signs in this user manual mean : Death or risk of serious personal injury. precautions Warning! • • This camcorder should always be connected to an AC outlet with a protective grounding connection. WARNING Potential risk of personal injury or material damage. These warning signs are here to prevent injury to you and others. Batteries should not be exposed to excessive heat such as sunshine. If this power supply is used at 240V ac. electric shock. or personal injury when using your camcorder.

Please note that this camcorder is not compatible with other digital video formats. Before recording important video.Play back your trial recording to make sure the video and audio have been recorded properly. Copyright: Please note that this camcorder is intended for consumer use only. Samsung cannot be held responsible for your recorded video and audio. . it is strongly recommended that you obtain permission beforehand. Also. We recommend copying the data to your PC or other recording media for storage. • • English_v . make a trial recording. and cannot compensate for any damages.264/AVC (MPEG4 part 10/Advanced Video Coding) format compliant with the Standard resolution (SD-VIDEO) format.Protect your important recorded data by copying the files to a PC.Recorded contents may be lost due to an error when handling this camcorder or a memory card.Data recorded on a card in this camcorder from other digital/analog media or devices is protected by the copyright act and cannot be used without permission of the copyright owner except for personal enjoyment.Samsung cannot compensate for any damages caused when recording is not made normally or recorded contents cannot be played back because of a defect in the camcorder or memory card. . Make a backup of important recorded data. (32GB (SMX-K45 only)) and an external memory card. performance or exhibition for personal enjoyment. This camcorder records video in H. .BEFORE USING THIS CAMCORDER • • • • • This camcorder is designed exclusively for use with the high-capacity built-in memory (16GB (SMX-K44 only). etc. Samsung shall not be held responsible for the loss of recorded contents. Refer to the software installation and USB connection guide. Even if you record an event such as a show. . The recorded contents cannot be compensated for: .

14. Clean only with dry cloth. DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). Heed all warnings. Use only with the cart. Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused for long periods of time. consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet. NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat. Read these instructions. When a cart is used. 7. Do not block any ventilation openings. This symbol indicates that there are important operating and maintenance instructions in the literature accompanying this unit. Keep these instructions. 10. stand. stoves. tripod. Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators. Warning To Reduce The Risk Of Fire Or Electric Shock. 12. or table specified by the manufacturer. 1. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. the plug must be pulled out from the mains socket. 11.important safety instructions CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. To disconnect the apparatus from the mains. or sold with the apparatus. 6. 4. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. such as power-supply cord or plug is damaged. convenience receptacles. or has been dropped. Follow all instructions. liquid has been spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus. vi_English . shall be placed on the apparatus. Caution Apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects filled with liquids. 8. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. Do Not Expose This Apparatus To Rain Or Moisture. 2. 9. does not operate normally. and the point where they exit from the apparatus. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. If the provided plug does not fit into your outlet. Do not use this apparatus near water. Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs. A polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. Servicing is required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way. heat registers. use caution when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tipping over. 13. This symbol indicates that dangerous voltage consisting a risk of electric shock is present within this unit. the apparatus has been exposed to rain or moisture. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or grounding-type plug. Only use attachment/accessories specified by the manufacturer. 5. therefore the mains plug shall be readily operable. 3. bracket. such as vases.

If you are not sure of the type of power supply at your home. GROUNDING OR POLARIZATION: This CAMCORDER may be equipped with either a polarized 2-wire AC line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other) or a 3-wire grounding type plug. POWER-CORD PROTECTION: Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them. 70-1984.15. English_vii . paying particular attention to cords or plugs. OUTDOOR ANTENNA GROUNDING:CAMCORDER. VENTILATION: Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation to ensure reliable operation of the CAMCORDER and to protect it from overheating. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet. LIGHTNING: For added protection of this CAMCORDER during a lightning storm or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time. be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. PART H) NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 21. shall be placed on the apparatus. sofa. A CAMCORDER is intended to be operated from battery power. This CAMCORDER should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to. grounding of the leadin wire to an antenna discharge unit. grounding of the leadin wire and supporting structure. and the point where they exit from the unit. 17. ANSI/NFPA No. try reversing the plug. Section 810 of the National Electrical Code. connection to grounding electrodes and requirements for the grounding electrode. 20. These openings must not be blocked or covered. consult your appliance dealer or local power company. contact your electrician to replace your outlet. 16. convenient receptacles. unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. a plug having a third (grounding) pin. refer to the operating instructions. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug. 19. such as vases. grounding of the mast and supporting structure.Never place your CAMCORDER on a bed. If the plug still fails to fit. or other similar surface: on or near a radiator or heat register. size of grounding to conductors. location of antenna-discharge unit. 18. Apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects filled with liquids. POWER SOURCES: The CAMCORDER should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the label. This will prevent damage to the CAMCORDER due to lightning and powerline surges. ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE GROUND CLAMP ANTENNA DISCHARGE UNIT (NEC SECTION 810-20) ELECTRIC SERVICE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS (NEC SECTION 810-21) GROUND CLAMPS POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM (NEC ART 250. provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure. or other sources. rug. See figure below.

Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire. ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the CAMCORDER is in safe operating order. b. f. If the CAMCORDER has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged. unplug unit and have it checked by a technician before use. SAFETY CHECK: Upon completion of any service or repairs to this CAMCORDER. e.important safety instructions 22. this indicates a need for service. If the CAMCORDER does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. c. If any liquid has been spilled onto. 28. viii_English . d. extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits as contact with them might be fatal. Never spill liquids of any kind onto the CAMCORDER. 23. If the CAMCORDER has been exposed to rain or water. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. OVERLOADING: Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. or objects have fallen into the CAMCORDER. REPLACEMENT PARTS: When replacement parts are required. 26. When the CAMCORDER exhibits a distinct change in performance. DAMAGE REQUIRING SERVICE: Unplug this CAMCORDER from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions: a. be sure the service technician has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer and has the same characteristics as the original part. adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions. 25. OBJECTS AND LIQUIDS: Never push objects of any kind into this CAMCORDER through openings as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out a part that could result in a fire or electric shock. SERVICING: Do not attempt to service this CAMCORDER yourself. Should spillage occur. When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged. POWER LINES: An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. Improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the CAMCORDER to its normal operation. When installing an outside antenna system. 24. Opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. electric shock or other hazards. 27.

477.736 6.795.524 6. NOTE: Hg LAMP(S) INSIDE THIS PRODUCT CONTAIN MERCURY AND MUST BE RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF ACCORDING TO LOCAL.829 6. pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. 004-000-00345-4.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.org.744.org.532 6. and (2) This device must accept any interference received.Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.556.493 6.S.C.578.637 6. if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions.222.587 6.dtsc. To prevent damage which may result in fire or shock hazard. a suitable plug adaptor should be used.705.096 6.707.771.588 6.256 6.713 6.043.985 6.201 6.377.473.594.” NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device. 30. there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.531 6.630 6. which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on.389.687.501 6.741.466. 31.480.721.972 6.521 6. If this power supply is used at 240V ac.788.377.S.556.385.669 5. (1) This device may not cause harmful interference.570 6.868.649 5. do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.891 6. may cause harmful interference to radio communications.957 6. .775.474 6.810. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation.Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help and for additional suggestions.728.674. STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS.520 6.788.853 6.721. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception. See www.697 6.983 6. However.163 6.Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. .561.29. the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: . For details see lamprecycle. 20402. Washington.765.771.457.408 6. .417 6.762 5. eiae.963 6.937.455 6.272. This equipment generates.special handling may apply.629 6.853 6.307 6.755 6.552 USER INSTALLER CAUTION: Your authority to operate this FCC certified equipment could be voided if you make changes or modifications not expressly approved by this party responsible for compliance to part 15 FCC rules. Stock No. FCC Warning The user is cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.631.778. D.556. The user may find the following booklet prepared by the Federal Communications Commission helpful: “How to Identify and Resolve Radio-TV Interference Problems.658.408.465 6. This product is covered by one or more of the following U.862.ca. patents: 5.” This Booklet is available from the U.912 6. This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules.987.060.220 5. English_ix .110 6. uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and.765. Operation is subject to the following two conditions. or call 1-800-Samsung (7267864) CALIFORNIA USA ONLY This Perchlorate warning applies only to primary CR (Manganese Dioxide) Lithium coin cells in the product sold or distributed ONLY in California USA “ Perchlorate Material .Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Government Printing Office.054 6.243 6.522 6.744.674.894.697.208 6. including interference that may cause undesired operation.535 6.890 6.

If unevenness does not disappear. No sand or dust! . and green). so there is no cause for concern.01% or less pixels may be out (black dots) or may remain lit as colored dots (red.The LCD screen is a product of high precision technology. Do not subject the camcorder to impact: .If you push the LCD surface. wait for a few moments.important information on use IMPORTANT NOTE • • • • • • • Handle the liquid crystal display (LCD) with care: . No water or oil! . malfunctions or defects. hit it or prick it with a sharp object. and does not indicate a fault that will interfere with recording. . . or right after the power is turned on. x_English . Hold the camcorder correctly: .Do not hold the camcorder by the LCD monitor when lifting it: the LCD monitor could detach and the camcorder may fall. Out of the total pixels (approx.Close the LCD monitor when not using the camcorder.Do not place the camcorder with the open LCD screen down. . .Fine sand or dust entering the camcorder or AC power adaptor could cause malfunctions or defects. turn the camcorder off.Do not use the camcorder on a tripod in a place where it is subject to severe vibrations or impact. display unevenness may occur. blue.The LCD screen will be slightly dimmer than usual when the camcorder is at low temperature.000 pixels of an LCD monitor ). Heat on surface of product: . but this does not indicate a fault. . as in cold areas. Liquid crystal display: .Water or oil entering the camcorder or AC power adaptor could cause electric shock. Take great care that you do not strike it against a hard object or let it fall.The LCD is a very delicate display device: Do not press its surface with excessive force.This camcorder is a precision machine. 0. Note that this will have no effect on the image in a storage media.The surface of the camcorder will be slightly warm when used. Normal brightness will be restored when the temperature inside the camcorder rises. and then turn it on again. This shows the limitations of the current technology. 230.

Do not use the camcorder near corrosive gas: . English_xi . therefore the mains plug shall be readily operable. the plug must be pulled out from the mains socket.• • • • • • • • • • Be careful of unusual ambient temperature: . . Keep a memory card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing. and white particles could adhere to the optical head of the camcorder. disabling normal operation. Do not use the camcorder near TV or radio: .If direct sunlight strikes the lens. Do not point directly at the sun: .Do not leave the camcorder on a beach or in a closed vehicle where the temperature is very high for a long time: This could cause a malfunction.Using the camcorder in a place where the temperature is over 104°F (40°C) or lower than 32°F (0°C) may result in abnormal recording/playback. noise could enter video and audio that are being recorded.When using a chemical cleaning cloth. so that power will not turn on.This could cause noise to appear on the TV screen or in radio broadcasts. Do not clean the camcorder body with benzene or thinner: . the external or internal terminals could corrode. which could cause it to operate abnormally. follow the instructions. . Do not expose the camcorder to soot or steam: . or the battery connection terminals could corrode.If the camcorder is used in a place where there is dense exhaust gas generated by gasoline or diesel engines. Do not use the camcorder near strong radio waves or magnetism: . or corrosive gas such as hydrogen sulphide.Thick soot or steam could damage the camcorder case or cause a malfunction.Do not leave the camcorder with the LCD screen exposed to direct sunlight: This could cause a malfunction. Do not use the camcorder near an ultrasonic humidifier: . such as near a radio transmitter tower or electric appliances. the camcorder could malfunction or a fire could occur.If the camcorder is used near strong radio waves or magnetism. During playback of normally recorded video and audio. noise may also be present in picture and sound. . To disconnect the apparatus from the mains.The coating of exterior could peel off or the case surface could deteriorate.Calcium and other chemicals dissolved in water could scatter in the air.

• Flickr® is a trademark of Yahoo! Inc. The 'SMX-K40' does not have built-in memory and uses memory cards exclusively. 'SMX-K44' and 'SMX-K45' are different. registered in the United States and other countries. • Windows® is registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation. • Macintosh® is trademark of Apple Inc. corresponding icon ( ) will appear on the screen. The 'SMX-K44'and 'SMX-K45' have a 16GB and 32GB built-in memory respectively but also use memory cards. (If set. refer to Troubleshooting. In this user manual’s function descriptions. Illustrations of model SMX-K40 are used in this user manual. Should your camcorder fail to operate correctly. The displays in this user manual may not be exactly the same as those you see on the LCD screen. they operate in the same way.important information on use ABOUT THIS USER MANUAL • • • • • • Thank you for purchasing this Samsung Camcorder.) • Descriptions of the “built-in memory” in this user manual apply only to the following models: SMX-K44(16GB). • All the other product names mentioned herein may be the trademark or registered trademarks of their respective companies. • YouTube® is a trademark of Google Inc. the icon on the on-screen display section means that it will appear on the screen when you set the corresponding function. Please read this user manual carefully before you use the camcorder and keep it handy for future reference. Designs and specifications of storage media and other accessories are subject to change without any notice. SMX-K45(32GB) NOTES REGARDING TRADEMARK All the trade names and registered trademarks mentioned in this manual or other documentation provided with your Samsung product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders. xii_English • . “TM” and “®” are not mentioned in each case in this manual. Ex) Submenu item of “Video Resolution” page 55 item contents on-screen display "TV Super Fine" Videos recorded in 720x480(60i) resolution at super-fine image quality. • Furthermore. Although some features of 'SMX-K40'.

There may be a risk of fire or electric shock. Do not allow water or metal and inflammable matter to enter the camcorder or AC power adaptor. Do not bend the power-cord or damage the AC power adaptor by pressing on it with a heavy object. as this could damage the power-cord. Do not disassemble product. WARNING SAND Do not overload outlets or extension cords as this may result in abnormal heat or fire. English_xiii . Keeping the battery at a high temperature may cause an explosion. malfunctions or defects. Do not touch product. WARNING Death or risk of serious personal injury. No oil! Oil entering the camcorder or AC power adaptor could cause electric shock. Doing so could cause eye injuries. This precaution must be kept. Do not disconnect the AC adaptor by pulling on its power-cord. Doing so may pose a fire hazard. No sand or dust! Fine sand or dust entering the camcorder or AC power adaptor could cause malfunctions or defects. OI L Using the camcorder at temperatures over 140°F (60° C) may result in fire. Prohibited action. CAUTION Means that there is a potential risk of personal injury or material damage. Do not aim the LCD screen directly into the sun. Heed all instructions carefully. as well as lead to malfunctioning of internal parts of the product. Unplug from power supply.precautions during use The safety precautions illustrated below are to prevent personal injury or material damage.

xiv_English . or smells or smokes.precautions during use Do not use the AC adaptor if it has damaged. Doing so may cause fire or electric shock. or reform the camcorder or the AC adaptor to avoid a risk of fire or electric shock. There is a risk of malfunction or electric shock. consult a physician immediately. split or broken cords or wires. Do not attempt to disassemble. If the lithium battery or memory card is swallowed by children. When cleaning the AC adaptor. immediately detach the AC adaptor or battery from the camcorder immediately to avoid fire or injury. Keep the power-cord unplugged when not in use or during lightning storms to prevent fire hazard. If the camcorder malfunctions. Do not dispose of battery pack in a fire as it may explode. Keep the camcorder away from water when used near the beach or pool or when it rains. There is a risk of fire or personal injury. Never use cleaning fluid or similar chemicals. If the camcorder makes an abnormal sound. unplug the power-cord to avoid a risk of a malfunction or electric shock. unplug the power-cord immediately and request service from a Samsung service center. Keep the used lithium battery or memory card out of the reach of children. There is a risk of electric shock. Do not plug or unplug the power cord with wet hands. a cle g nin d flui Do not connect the AC adaptor unless the plug can be fully inserted with no part of the blades exposed. Do not spray cleaners directly on the camcorder. repair.

Turn the camcorder off and cover it with vinyl sheet. INSECT ICIDE English_xv .CAUTION Do not press the surface of the LCD with force. Insecticide entering the camcorder could cause the product to operate abnormally. Doing so may corrode the external or internal terminals. If you push the LCD surface. Doing so may cause a malfunction or electric shock. or corrosive gas such as hydrogen sulphide. AC adaptor or other accessories to severe vibrations or impact. Do not use the camcorder in direct sunlight or near heating equipment. or recording on a rainy day. battery pack. or hit it with a sharp object. Do not expose the camcorder to sand or water when recording at the beach or pool. Thick soot or steam could damage the camcorder case or cause a malfunction. etc. display unevenness may occur. This may cause a malfunction or injury. Do not use the camcorder on a tripod (not supplied) in a place where it is subject to severe vibrations or impact. disabling normal operation. Do not drop or expose the camcorder. Do not expose the camcorder to soot or steam. before using insecticide. Do not leave the camcorder in a closed vehicle where the temperature is very high for a long time. Do not expose the camcorder to insecticide. This will especially shorten the operation range of the remote control which uses infrared rays. Do not use the camcorder near dense exhaust gas generated by gasoline or diesel engines.

precautions during use
Do not expose the camcorder to sudden changes in temperature or humid places. There is also a risk of defect or electric shock when using outdoors during lightning storms. Do not place the camcorder with the open LCD screen down. Do not wipe the camcorder body with benzene or thinner. The exterior coating could peel off or the case surface could deteriorate.

Do not leave the LCD monitor open when not using the camcorder.

Do not hold the camcorder by the LCD monitor when lifting it. The LCD monitor could detach and the camcorder may fall.

Do not use the camcorder near TV or radio. This could cause noise on the TV screen or to radio broadcasts.

w
T

Do not use the camcorder near strong radio waves or magnetism such as speakers or large motors. Noise could enter video or audio that is being recorded.

Use Samsung-approved accessories only. Using products from other manufacturers may cause overheating, fire, explosion, electric shock or personal injuries due to abnormal operation.

w

T

Place the camcorder on a stable surface and a place with ventilation openings.

Keep important data separately. Samsung is not responsible for data loss.

xvi_English

contents
QUICK START GUIDE
07 You can record videos in H.264 format!

GETTING TO KNOW YOUR CAMCORDER

07 11 15

11 12 13 14

What's included with your camcorder Front & left view Right & top / bottom view Rear view

PREPARATION

15 15 15 16 23 24 25 30 30 31 32 33 34 36 37 38 40 42 43 44 45

Attaching the grip belt Attaching the core filter Adjusting the LCD screen Connecting a power source Basic operation of your camcorder Switching to the power saving mode LCD screen indicators Turning the screen indicators on/off ( ) Using the LCD enhancer function Setting the Anti-Shake (OIS: Optical Image Stabilizer) ( ) Shortcut menu (OK guide) Shortcut function using the Control buttons Initial setting : Time Zone, Date and Time & OSD Language Selecting the storage media (SMX-K44/K45 only) Inserting / ejecting a memory card Selecting a suitable memory card Recordable time and capacity Recording videos Recording with ease for beginners (EASY Q Mode) Taking photos Zooming in and out

ABOUT THE STORAGE MEDIA

RECORDING

36 42

English_03

contents
PLAYBACK

46
RECORDING OPTIONS

46 47 50

Changing the playback mode Playing videos Viewing photos

51

51 53 54 54 55 55 56 56 57 58 59 60 60 61 63 64 64 65 66 68 69 70 71 72 73 74

Changing the menu settings Menu items Using the recording menu items iSCENE Video Resolution Photo Resolution 16:9 Wide White Balance Aperture Shutter Speed EV (Exposure Value) C.Nite Back Light Focus Digital Effect Fader Wind Cut Zoom Type Time Lapse REC Guideline Menu items Multi view option Play option Delete Protect Copy (SMX-K44/K45 only)

PLAYBACK OPTIONS

69
04_English

Time Zone Date/Time Set Date Type Time Type Date/Time Display LCD Brightness LCD Color Auto LCD Off Menu Design Transparency Beep Sound Shutter Sound Auto Power Off Quick On STBY PC Software TV Display Default Set Version Language Demo Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) SETTINGS OPTIONS 82 82 83 84 84 84 85 85 86 88 88 88 89 89 89 90 90 90 91 91 91 92 93 93 93 93 93 94 94 English_05 .75 76 77 79 80 81 81 Using VIEW Story-board print Edit (Divide) Edit (Combine) Slide show Slide show option File info Changing the menu settings in "Settings" Menu items Using the settings menu items Storage Type (SMX-K44/K45 only) Storage Info Format File No.

contents CONNECTING TO OTHER DEVICES 95 98 99 Connecting to a TV Viewing on a TV screen Recording (dubbing ) images on a VCR or DVD/HDD recorder 95 USING WITH A WINDOWS COMPUTER 100 MAINTENANCE & ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 100 Checking your computer type 101 What you can do with a Windows computer 102 Using the Intelli-studio program 108 Transferring videos/photos from the camcorder to your computer 110 Maintenance 111 Additional information 113 Using your camcorder abroad 110 TROUBLESHOOTING 114 Troubleshooting SPECIFICATIONS 126 Specifications 06_English .

Insert the battery into the battery slot.quick start guide This quick start guide introduces the basic operation and features of your camcorder. Step1: Get ready 1. • Set the appropriate storage media.264 format. page 37 • You can use commercially available SDHC (SD High Capacity) cards with this camcorder. page 16 English_07 . Insert a memory card. You can also take photos with your camcorder. See the reference pages for more information. You can record videos in H.264 format! You can record videos in H. page 36 (SMX-K44/K45 only) 2. which enables you to conveniently email and share videos with your friends and family.

2. Your camcorder turns on automatically when you open the LCD screen. You can record videos in SD (standard definition).264 compression technology to realize the clearest video quality. Press the PHOTO button fully when you are ready.” page 55 You can not take photos while you are recording videos. which achieves efficient coding of high quality video with less capacity. • You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button. 2. Press the Recording start/stop button. • • • Your camcorder is compatible with H. • You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button. press the Recording start/stop button. 08_English . page 109 Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder. • 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 RECORDING PHOTOS 1. The default setting is “TV Fine (720x480/60i).264 FORMAT Your camcorder uses advanced H.quick start guide Step 2: Record with your camcorder LCD screen Zoom lever PHOTO button Recording start/stop button CHG indicator RECORDING VIDEOS WITH H. • To stop recording.264 recording format. 1. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder. • Your camcorder turns on automatically when you open the LCD screen.

and then press the Control button (OK). 1. edit or share the videos/photos with your friends. The thumbnail of the latest created or played file is highlighted. English_09 .Step 3: Play back videos or photos VIEWING THE LCD SCREEN OF YOUR CAMCORDER You can find your desired recordings quickly by using the thumbnail index view. brilliant quality videos on a connected TV. 3. For details. Normal View 0:00:55 1/10 Photo Move Play VIEWING ON A TV • You can enjoy detailed. page 98 Step 4: Save recorded videos or photos Simple and fun! Enjoy the various features of Intelli-studio on your Windows computer. Using the Intelli-studio program built in your camcorder. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen. see page 102. Use the Control ( / / / ) button to select a desired video or photo. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. • The thumbnail index view appears. 2. you can import videos/photos into your computer.

2." page 72 10_English Press the MENU button Control button . by uploading photos and videos directly to a web site with a single click. 3. Click “Yes”. Click on the “Share” “Upload to Share Site” tab on the browser. the uploading procedure will start. page 105 The Intelli-studio runs automatically once the camcorder is connected to a Windows computer (when you specify “PC Software: On”). • A new file saving screen appears with the Intelli-studio main window. Click “Import folder” to import the videos or photos from the PC to Intelli-studio. you cannot record new videos or photos. You can double-click on the file you would like to start playing. Press the MODE button to switch the Play mode ( / / / /OK) to select "Delete. page 93 Step 5: Delete videos or photos If the storage media is full. you will see the files location on the Intelli-studio browser. Launch the Intelli-studio program by connecting the camcorder to your PC via the USB cable. Delete videos or photos data that have been saved on a computer from the storage media. Folders directory on your PC “Import folder” button Imported Files SHARING VIDEOS/PHOTOS ON YouTube/Flickr Share your contents with the world.quick start guide IMPORTING AND VIEWING VIDEOS/PHOTOS FROM THE CAMCORDER TO YOUR PC 1. Then you can record new videos or photos on newly freed-up space.

getting to know your camcorder
WHAT'S INCLUDED WITH YOUR CAMCORDER
Your new camcorder comes with the following accessories. If any of these items are missing from your box, call Samsung’s Customer Care Center.
Model Name SMX-K40 SMX-K44 SMX-K45 built-in memory 16GB 32GB memory card slot 1 slot LCD screen color Lens 52x (Optical), 65x (Intelli), 2200x (Digital)

The exact shape of each item may vary by model.

Battery pack (IA-BH130LB) AD43-00190A

AC power adaptor (AA-MA9 type) AD44-00151A

Audio/Video cable AD39-00168A

USB cable AD39-00169A

Quick start guide AD68-03848A

User manual CD AD46-00259A

Core filter 3301-001502

Mini HDMI cable* AD39-00159A

• • • • •

Carrying case* AD69-00929A

The contents may vary depending on the sales region. Parts and accessories are available for purchase at your local Samsung dealer. SAMSUNG is not responsible for reduced battery life time or malfunctions caused by any unauthorized use of accessories such as the AC adaptor or the batteries. A memory card is not included. See page 38 for memory cards compatible with your camcorder. Your camcorder includes a user manual CD and a quick start guide (printed). * : This is an optional accessory. To buy one, contact your nearest Samsung dealer.

English_11

getting to know your camcorder
FRONT & LEFT VIEW

1 2 3 4 5

MENU button Control button ( / / / / OK), Zoom (W/T) button Recording start/stop button LCD screen Power ( ) button

6 7 8 9 10

Anti-Shake (OIS) ( ) button LCD Enhancer ( ) button EASY Q button Display ( )/ VIEW button HD OUTPUT switch (ON/OFF)

12_English

RIGHT & TOP / BOTTOM VIEW

1 2 3 4 5 6

Zoom lever (W/T) PHOTO button Grip belt Grip belt hook Built-in speaker Internal microphone

7

8 9

Battery pack/ Memory card cover Battery pack slot Memory card slot OPEN Tripod receptacle

Usable Memory Card (32GB Max)

Be careful not to cover the internal microphone and lens during recording.
CAUTION

SDHC

English_13

getting to know your camcorder REAR VIEW 1 2 3 4 Mode indicator : Record mode (Video/Photo) : Play mode MODE button Recording start/stop button CHG (charging) indicator 5 Jack cover HDMI jack ( ) USB jack ( ) AV jack (AV) DC IN jack (DC IN) 14_English .

Please note if the hand strap is adjusted too tight and you use excessive force to insert your hand. 3. WARNING ATTACHING THE CORE FILTER Attach the core filters to the cables. ATTACHING THE GRIP BELT Adjust the length of grip belt so that the camcorder is stable when you press the Recording start/stop button with your thumb. To open the core filter. Rotate the LCD screen towards the lens. which produces horizontally flipped image. 1. then fold it back to the body. • Remove fingerprints or dust on the screen with a soft cloth. rotate the screen by 180° towards the lens. 1. attach the end with the core filter to the camcorder.preparation This section provides information that you should know before using this camcorder: such as how to use the provided accessories. release the stoppers on both ends of the core filter. how to charge the battery. 2. • The screen opens up to 90°. • When connecting a cable. To view recordings more conveniently. the hand strap hook of the camcorder may be damaged. the left and right sides of the subject are shown in reverse. English_15 . Stopper a USB cable Core Filter Wind the cable so that it is not slack. The core filter reduces interference. • When the LCD screen is rotated by 180°. 2. Open the LCD screen with your finger. Close the core filter until it clicks shut. • You can rotate it up to 180° towards the lens and up to 90° backward. a mini HDMI cable ADJUSTING THE LCD SCREEN The wide LCD screen on your camcorder offers high quality image viewing. • Take care not to damage the cable. WARNING Excessive rotation may damage the connective hinge between the screen and the camcorder. Attach the core filter to the cable near its connecter as shown in the figure. and how to setup the operation mode and initialize setup.

preparation
CONNECTING A POWER SOURCE
• • •

Be sure to charge the battery pack before you start using your camcorder. Use the IA-BH130LB battery pack only. The battery pack may be charged a little at the time of purchase.

Battery pack insertion/ejection
It is recommended you purchase one or more additional battery packs to allow continuous use of your camcorder.

Inserting the battery pack
1. Slide and open the battery slot cover as shown in the figure. 2. Insert the battery pack into the battery slot until it locks. • Make sure that the SAMSUNG logo is facing up while the battery pack is placed as shown in the figure. 3. Slide and close the battery slot cover. Insert

Ejecting the battery pack
1. Pull the ejected battery out in the direction as shown in the figure. 2. Slide and close the battery slot cover. Eject

• • •

Remove the battery pack separately from the camcorder while not in use. We recommend preparing an additional battery pack for prolonged outdoor use. Additional battery packs can be purchased from samsungparts.com.

16_English

Charging the battery
You can charge the battery using the AC power adaptor or USB cable. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the Power ( ) button to turn off the camcorder. page 23 Insert the battery in the camcorder. page 16 Open the connector cover of the unit. Charge the battery using the AC power adaptor or USB cable. • The CHG (charge) lamp lights up and charging starts. When the battery is fully charged, the charging (CHG) lamp turns green. page 18
Using the AC power adaptor Using the USB cable Connect the AC power adaptor to the camcorder properly and plug the AC power adaptor in the wall outlet. Connect the USB cable to the camcorder properly and connect the other end to a USB port of a PC.

Connecting the AC power adaptor

Connecting the USB cable

CAUTION

• • •

• • • • •

Charging the battery pack at low temperature may take longer or fail to fully charge (green indicator will not turn on). Please make sure that there are no foreign substances in the plug and socket when you connect the AC power supply to the camcorder. Fully charge the battery pack before use. When using the AC power supply, place it close to the wall outlet. If you experience a malfunction while using the camcorder, separate the AC power supply immediately from the wall outlet. Do not use the AC power supply in a tight space, such as between furnishings. When recording indoors with an available wall outlet, it is convenient to use the AC power supply instead of the battery pack. It is recommended to charge the battery pack in a place with ambient temperature of 50˚F~86˚F (10°C ~ 30°C). When charging, if both the USB cable and AC power adaptor are connected, the AC power adaptor will override the USB. If the camcorder is turned on, the battery will still charge, but more charging time will be needed. It is recommended you to keep the camcorder turned off while charging.

English_17

preparation
Charging indicator
Tips for battery identification The color of the LED indicates the charging status. • If the battery has been fully charged, the charge indicator is green. • While the battery is being charged, the charge indicator lights orange. • If an error occurs while the battery is being charged, the charge indicator blinks orange. Charging (CHG) lamp The color of the charging indicator shows the charging state.
Charging state LED Color Charging (Orange) Charge Fully Charged (Green)

<Charging indicator>

Error (Orange Blink)

Battery Level Display
The Battery Level Display shows the amount of battery power remaining in the battery pack.
Battery Level Indicator State Message
STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999

Fully charged 20%~40% used 40%~60% used 60%~80% used 80%~99% used Exhausted (flickers): The device will soon turn off. Change the battery pack as soon as possible. • • (flickers): The device will be forced to turn off after 3 seconds. Before using the camcorder, charge the battery. Above figures are based on a fully charged battery pack at normal temperature. Low ambient temperature may affect the use time.

"Low battery"

18_English

When actually recording. 140min. Figures shown above are measured under Samsung's test environment. and playback is performed. recording and playback times with fully charged battery pack (with no zoom operation. approx. 120min. 2 hr. Web Fine ( ) Web Normal ( ) TV Super Fine ( ) TV Fine ( ) Mode .Charging. English_19 . approx. . 4 hr. Continuous Recording (without zoom) The continuous recording time of the camcorder in the table shows the available recording time when the camcorder is in the recording mode without using any other function after recording starts. the approximate time with fully charged battery pack: Battery type Charging time Using the AC power adaptor Using the USB cable 720 x 480 (60i) Video resolution Continuous recording time Playback time IA-BH130LB approx. Prepare additional charged battery pack(s) to allow for the time you are planning to record on the camcorder.) • For your reference. and may differ according to user and condition. 640 x 480 (30p) TV Normal ( ) approx. since the record start/stop and zoom functions are being operated.We recommend using the AC power adaptor when using the Time Lapse REC function. the battery pack may discharge 2-3 times faster than this reference.The time is only for reference. etc. Note that the battery pack discharges faster in a cold environment.

the remaining battery time may differ from the approximate continuous recording times given in the instructions. • Handling the battery pack • • • • • • • • To preserve battery power. To save battery power. its usage time is reduced and it may cease to function. Frequent use of the LCD screen or using the fast forward or rewind buttons wears out the battery pack faster. It is designed to protect the battery pack. Make sure that the battery pack fits firmly into place. However. As the environmental temperature and conditions vary. Leaving the battery pack for an extended period of time may discharge the battery pack completely. Remove the battery pack from the camcorder for safekeeping after using your camcorder. change the setting of "Auto Power Off" to "Off. protected place for a short time." page 91 Do not allow metallic objects to come into contact with the terminals. It is a choking hazard if swallowed. Dropping the battery pack may cause damage. which turns off the camcorder if there is no operation for 5 minutes. To disable this option. place the battery pack in your pocket or any other warm. use the battery pack as normal. Be careful to keep the battery pack out of the reach of children. keep your camcorder turned off when you are not operating it. • The continuous recording times in the operating instructions are measured using a fully charged battery pack at 25 °C (77 °F). If the recharging LED turns on normally within 5 minutes. It should be recharged at temperatures between 50°F ~ 86°F (10°C ~ 30°C). 20_English .A battery pack which is completely discharged may not turn on the recharging LED during charging. when it is exposed to cold temperatures (below 32°F (0°C)). Do not drop the battery pack. then reattach it to the camcorder. you can set the "Auto Power Off" function. If this happens.preparation About the battery pack The benefits of the battery pack: the Battery pack is small but has a large power capacity. .

fire or heater). Do not expose the battery pack to water. Do not use batteries from other manufacturers because there is a danger of overheating. fire or explosion. attach it to the camcorder and use it up: then remove the battery pack and store it in a cool place. Remove the battery pack from the charger or camcorder when not in use. The battery pack is not water resistant. • Use only Samsung-approved battery packs.e.Maintaining the battery pack • • • • • • • • • We recommend only using the original battery pack that is available from your Samsung retailer. please contact your local dealer. Do not put the battery pack near any heat source (i. operating and environmental conditions. Even when the power is switched off. It may cause leakage. it is probably time to replace it with a new one. • Each battery's life is governed by storage. The battery pack may be prone to leakage when fully discharged. Samsung is not responsible for problems occurring due to using unapproved batteries. About the battery life Battery capacity decreases over time and through repeated use. If decreased usage time between charges becomes significant. a battery pack damages the internal cells. the battery pack will still discharge if it is left attached to the camcorder. or heat the battery pack. induce overheating or fire. apply pressure to. Clean the terminals to remove any foreign substances before inserting the battery. heat generation. When the battery reaches the end of its life. When fully discharged. English_21 . Do not allow the '+' and '-' terminals of the battery pack to be short-circuited. When not using the camcorder for an extended period: It is recommended that you charge the battery pack once every 6 months. Do not disassemble. The batteries have to be dealt with as chemical waste.

Use a nearby wall outlet when using the AC power adaptor. The battery pack will not lose its charge in this case. An AC plug adaptor is required in some foreign countries. Using other AC power adaptors could cause electric shock or result in fire. play back. If you need one. purchase it from your distributor. make sure that the camcorder’s power is turned off. . 22_English . or use it indoors. Failure to do so can result in camcorder malfunction.Make the same connections as you do when charging the battery pack. The AC power adaptor can be used around the world. Do not use the AC power adaptor in a narrow space. Disconnect the AC power adaptor from the wall outlet immediately if any malfunction occurs while using your camcorder.preparation Using a household power source Make the same connections as you do when charging the battery pack. such as between a wall and furniture. Using the camcorder with the AC power adaptor It is recommended that you use the AC power adaptor to power the camcorder from a household AC outlet when you perform settings on it. Be sure to use the specified AC power adaptor to power the camcorder. page 17 • CAUTION • • • • Before detaching the power source.

To turn off the camcorder. Turning the camcorder on or off 1. or edit them. To play videos or photos. • Your camcorder turns on automatically when you open the LCD screen. the time zone screen appears for the startup display. the self-diagnosis function operates and a message may appear. Set the appropriate operation mode according to your preference using the Power ( ) and MODE buttons. When the camcorder is turned on. • You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button. When using this camcorder for the first time • When you use your camcorder for the first time or reset it. • Closing the LCD screen will not turn the camcorder off. If you do not set the date and time. • • This camcorder provides one record mode for both video and photo recordings. English_23 . . the respective mode indicator lights up. In this case. Each time the operational mode changes. refer to "Warning indicators and messages" (on pages 114-116) and take corrective action. You can easily record videos or photos in the same mode without having to switch modes.Record mode Play mode Record mode Mode Record mode Play mode Functions To record videos or photos. Power ( ) button MODE button Setting the operating modes • You can switch the operating mode in the following order each time you press the MODE button. 2. Open the LCD screen to turn the camcorder on.BASIC OPERATION OF YOUR CAMCORDER This section explains the basic techniques of recording videos or photos and also basic settings on your camcorder. press the Power ( ) button. • The lens opens automatically when the camcorder is powered on. the time zone screen appears every time you turn on the camcorder. Select your geographical location and set the date and time.

the following functions enable you to prevent unnecessary energy consumption. if “Auto Power Off: 5 Min” is set.While recording.preparation SWITCHING TO THE POWER SAVING MODE If you need to use camcorder for the extended time. page 92 In Playback mode (Includes the thumbnail view mode): • The camcorder switches to the sleep mode when the LCD screen is closed. 24_English . it is recommended to turn off the camcorder by pressing the Power ( ) button when not using it. • The camcorder consumes the less battery power in the power saving mode (about 50% of the power consumption in the standby mode) However. In STBY mode: • The camcorder switches to "Quick On STBY" mode when the LCD screen is closed.When the LCD screen is opened. and then if idle for more than 20 minutes the camcorder turns off. playback. AV or HDMI) . However. the camcorder turns off in 5 minutes. if you plan to use the camcorder for the maximum length of time period. LCD screen is open LCD screen is closed After 20 minutes Normal View 0:00:55 1/10 Photo Move Play <When the power is on> <Sleep mode> <Power off> • The power saving mode does not work in the following situations: . (USB.When the camcorder has a cable connection. • If you open the LCD screen or connect a cable to the camcorder during sleep mode. or the slideshow is being operated. the sleep mode ends and returns back to the last used operation mode. .

The total number of recordable photos is counted based on available space on the storage media. Functions marked with * will not be kept when the camcorder is turned off and on again. (Remaining battery level) Photo Resolution / Video Resolution Anti-Shake (OIS) LCD Enhancer * Back Light Wind Cut Fader * Zoom (Optical Zoom / Intelli-Zoom / Digital Zoom) Date/Time Display Time Zone Digital Effect EV (Exposure Value) * Manual Aperture */ Manual Shutter Speed */ C. the display indications and the order are subject to change without prior notice.Nite * Manual Focus * / Face Detection * White Balance iSCENE / EASY Q Record mode ( / ) STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 1Sec / Hr 9999 Time Lapse Recording 15 +0.999. The number of recordable photos on the OSD is a maximum of 9. For enhanced performance. This camcorder provides one combined video and photo record mode. The on-screen indicators are based on an 16GB SDHC memory card capacity.LCD SCREEN INDICATORS Video and Photo record mode 1 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 18 18 19 21 • • • • • • • 2 3 4 5 1 Time Lapse REC * Operating mode ( STBY (Standby) / (Recording)) Time counter (Video recording time: remaining recordable time) Photo image counter (Total number of recordable photos) Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory (SMX-K44/K45 only)) Battery info. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 English_25 . You can easily record videos or photos in the same mode without having to change it.3 JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 14 1/30 13 5 13 9 10 11 12 13 The above screen is an example for explanation: It is different from the actual display.

Pressing the OK button will display a shortcut menu of frequently used functions on the LCD screen. 26_English . The shortcut menu (OK guide) represents the most frequently accessed functions according to the selected mode.preparation LCD SCREEN INDICATORS STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 Video and Photo record mode : Shortcut menu (OK Guide) 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 Quick View Focus* (Auto Focus/Face Detection/Manual Focus) Shortcut menu (OK Guide) / Return EV (Exposure Value) * iSCENE 2 1 Video and Photo record mode : Shortcut menu (Manual) 1 2 3 4 5 STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 5 4 3 EV 0 Manual Control Bar/ Value Menu name Shortcut menu (OK Guide) / Return Value adjust (down) Value adjust (up) • • • 2 1 The illustration to the left shows the EV (Exposure Value) screen. Functions marked with * will not be kept when the camcorder restarts.

Video Play mode : Thumbnail View 1 2 3 1 2 Normal View 100-0006 1/10 4 5 3 4 12 11 0:00:55 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 10 9 Photo 1 Move Play 10 11 3 12 Video Play mode Copy Selected (SMX-K44/K45 only) Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory (SMX-K44/K45 only)) Battery info (Remaining battery level) Now / Total file number Error File Scroll bar Delete Selected Button Guide Edit (Combine) Protection Recorded time Video Play mode : Single View 1 2 3 4 1 2 0:00:00/0:00:55 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 10 JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM 100-0001 9 9 3 10 11 Video Play mode Play Status ( Play ( ) / Pause ( )) Time code (Elapsed time / Recorded time) Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory (SMX-K44/K45 only)) Battery info (Remaining battery level) Video Resolution Protection LCD Enhancer File Name (File number) Date/Time Display Play Option English_27 .

preparation LCD SCREEN INDICATORS Video Play mode : Shortcut menu (OK Guide) 1 0:00:00/0:00:55 5 4 3 2 3 4 5 Reverse playback search page 33 ( Skip/Search/Slow motion/Frame-by-frame) Volume Down Play ( ) / Pause ( ) Forward playback search page 33 ( Skip/Search/Slow motion/Frame-by-frame) Volume Up Multi View 100-0001 2 1 0:00:00/0:00:55 Video Play mode : Single (Volume) 1 2 Date/Time Display Volume Bar 2 1 JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM 100-0001 28_English .

Photo Play mode : Thumbnail View 1 2 3 1 2 Normal View 4 1/10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 100-0001 5 6 7 10 8 9 Video Move Full View 10 11 Photo Play mode Protection Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory (SMX-K44/K45 only)) Battery info (Remaining battery level) Now / Total file number Error File Scroll bar Delete Selected Button Guide Copy Selected (SMX-K44/K45 only) File name (File number) 3 Photo Play mode : Single View 1 2 3 4 1 2 1/10 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 12 11 8 Multi View 100-0001 9 3 10 11 10 12 Photo Play mode Slide Show Image counter (Current image / total number of recorded images) Storage media (Memory card or built-in memory (SMX-K44/K45 only)) Battery info (Remaining battery level) Photo Resolution Protection LCD Enhancer File name (File number) OK Guide (Next image) Shortcut menu (OK Guide) / Return OK Guide (Previous image) English_29 .

1. ) indicator appears and the LCD brightens. To activate iVIEW function. Press the LCD ENHANCER ( ) button. You can also adjust the screen brightness in two-level increments.preparation TURNING THE SCREEN INDICATORS ON/OFF ( Switching the information display mode You can switch the on-screen information display mode: Press the Display ( ) button while the camcorder is on. • Full display mode: All relevant information will appear. • LCD adjust ( 2. page 75 STBY <Minimum display mode> USING THE LCD ENHANCER FUNCTION • • Contrast is enhanced for a clear and bright image. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 30_English . This effect is also implemented outdoors in bright daylight. The full and minimum display modes will alternate. the Display ( ) button will be deactivated. Using the LCD Enhancer function may cause colors to look different on the display. • • • LCD enhancer function does not affect the quality of the image being recorded. You can switch the LCD enhancer function in the following order each time you press the LCD ENHANCER ( ) button. It is not a malfunction and will not be recorded on your video. • • • • ) If the camcorder has warning information. • LCD enhancer 1-level ( ): You can make a brighter-screen than using just one-level • LCD enhancer 2-level ( adjustment. When LCD enhancer operates in low illumination. In the menu screen. some stripes may occur on the LCD screen. ): LCD enhancer is executed. Minimum display mode: Only operating status indicators will appear. a warning message will appear. press the Display ( ) button in thumbnail index view screen.

In this case.Recording with deep zooming .SETTING THE ANTI-SHAKE (OIS: OPTICAL IMAGE STABILIZER) ( • • ) This function works only in Record mode. It is recommended that you specify Anti-Shake (OIS): Off when using the camcorder on a desk or tripod (not supplied).Recording a close up picture of a small object . within reasonable limits. page 23 Anti-Shake (OIS) is a function that. from inside a vehicle STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Press the Anti-Shake (OIS) ( between On and Off. Firmly hold the camcorder with both hands. or moving . Excessive camcorder shake may not be entirely corrected even if Anti-Shake (OIS): On is set. after-images may stand out. When you record images with high magnification and the Anti-Shake (OIS) is set to On in dark locations.Recording through the window.Recording while walking. ) button to toggle the Anti-Shake (OIS) mode 9999 • • • • • The EASY Q mode automatically sets the Anti-Shake (OIS) to On. English_31 . Anti-Shake (OIS) provides a more stable image when: . compensates for shaking movements produced when filming hand-held. there will be a slight difference between the actual movement and the movement on screen. we recommend using a tripod (not supplied) and turning the Anti-Shake (OIS) to Off. When Anti-Shake (OIS): On is set.

• • STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 Auto Exposure The Shortcut menu (OK guide) cannot be used in the EASY Q mode.0 32_English . 1. 2. • Press the OK button to exit the shortcut menu.0 STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 +1.preparation SHORTCUT MENU (OK GUIDE) The Shortcut menu (OK guide) represents the most frequently accessed functions according to the selected mode. • The Shortcut menu (OK guide) is displayed. • Press the Control button ( / ) to adjust the exposure while viewing the image on the LCD screen. For example: Setting EV (Exposure Value) in the Record mode using the Shortcut menu (OK guide). Press the OK button in STBY mode. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 EV +1. please check that you set the appropriate mode first. Before selecting a menu item. • Exposure value setting will be applied and ( ) indicator and setting value are displayed. Press the OK button to confirm your selection. 3. Press the Control button ( ) to select “EV” mode.

Exit the shortcut menu .Zoom (wide) UP .Shortcut menu (OK guide) is .SHORTCUT FUNCTION USING THE CONTROL BUTTONS Button Record ( / ) mode Video Play ( Play ( ) mode ) mode Photo Play ( Single image playback Menu ) mode selection Confirms selection OK .Slow motion playback (Reverse slow playback) rate: x1/2 x1/4 x1/8 x1/16 .Previous Skip Playback .Playback / Pause .Focus .Search playback RPS (Reverse Playback Search) rate: x2 x4 x8 x16 .Next Skip Playback .Zoom (tele) DOWN lncreases the volume lncreases the volume Moves the cursor up Decreases the volume Decreases the volume Moves the cursor down EV LEFT Quick View RIGHT .Frame-by-frame playback .Slow motion playback (Forward slow playback) rate: x1/2 x1/4 x1/8 x1/16 Previous image Moves to the previous menu Next image Moves to the next menu English_33 .iSCENE .Search playback FPS (Forward Playback Search) rate: x2 x4 x8 x16 .Access the shortcut menu .Confirm selection displayed .Frame-by-frame playback .

Lisbon Home:[GMT 00:00] JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM Date/Time Set Date/Time Set Home Month Day Year Hour Min JAN / 01 / 2009 12 : 00 AM • Visit : JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM Back Move OK Turning the date and time display on/off • To switch the date and time display on or off. If this occurs. Select your geographical area with Control button ( / ). then press the OK button. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. To read the menus or messages in your desired language. page 86 34_English . the date and time are automatically recorded on a special data area of the storage media. page 89 Simple setting of the clock by time difference • You can easily set the clock to the local time by setting a time difference when using your camcorder abroad. access the menu and change the Date/Time Display mode. page 86 2. 3. To store the date and time during recording. • The Date/Time Set screen appears. Activating the ( Charging the built-in rechargeable battery The built-in battery is always recharged while your camcorder is connected to the AC power or while the battery pack is attached. (Greenwich Mean Time) • You can also set the “Time Zone: Home” from the Settings ( ) menu. If you do not set date and time. set the OSD language. Make sure the clock is correctly set.preparation INITIAL SETTING : TIME ZONE. the built-in battery fully discharges. After setting. • • • The year can be set up to 2037. and change the setting values by using the Control button ( / / / ). Turning the power on and setting the date and time Set the date and time when using the camcorder for the first time. ) icon forwards the time by 1 hour. and then press the OK button. set the time zone and date/time. 4. Select the date and time information. Home London. 1. the Time Zone screen appears based on London. using the “Home” menu. Lisbon. DATE AND TIME & OSD LANGUAGE • • • Initial setting is available in all operating modes. page 23 • When you turn on your camcorder for the first time. Select "Time Zone" on the menu. then set the time difference. the date and time (time zone) screen appears every time you turn on your camcorder. If the camcorder is not in use for about 2 months without connecting to the AC power or attaching the battery pack. charge the built-in battery by connecting to the supplied AC adaptor for 24 hours.

Press the MENU button to exit the menu. • The menu screen appears. Press the Control button ( / ) to select the desired OSD language. / ) to select "Language". English_35 . Press the Control button ( press the OK button.Selecting the OSD language You can select the desired language to display the menu screen and the messages. and then press the OK button. The date and time format may change depending on the selected language. 4. 2. the language setting will be preserved. • STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Press the Control button ( / ) to select "Settings. Press the MENU button." The menus in "Settings" mode will appear. • The OSD language is refreshed in the selected language. and then Settings Default Set Version Language Exit Select 3. 1. • • • Even if battery pack or AC power are removed. • English / / Français / Deutsch / Italiano / Español / Português / / / / / / Türkçe / / / / Hrvatski / / IsiZulu STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Settings Default Set Version Language Exit Français Move Select English 5. The "Language" options may be changed without prior notice.

) • Before inserting or ejecting a memory card. Press the MENU button to exit. Press the Control button ( / ) to select "Storage Type". 32GB (SMX-K45 only) memory.Some cards are not compatible depending on a memory card manufacturer and memory card type. You can use SDHC cards on your camcorder. turn the camcorder off. Press the Control button ( / ) to select "Settings. This camcorder has a card slot for access to SDHC (Secure Digital High Capacity). 5. Press the MENU button. Using a memory card (not supplied) • • 36_English . • You can use SDHC cards on your camcorder. 4. so you should select the desired storage media before starting recording or playback. • The menu list will appear. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Settings Storage Type Storage Info Format Exit Select : STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Settings Storage Type Storage Info Format Exit Move Select Memory Card Using the built-in memory (SMX-K44/K45 only) • Because this camcorder has an embedded 16GB (SMX-K44 only). Press the Control button ( / ) to select "Memory" or "Card".about the storage media SELECTING THE STORAGE MEDIA (SMX-K44/K45 ONLY) You can record on the built-in memory or a memory card. 2. • "Card": When using a memory card. then press the OK button. then press the OK button. • Selecting the storage media 1. • "Memory": When using the built-in memory." 3. (Some cards are not compatible depending on a memory card manufacturer and memory card type. . it is not necessary to buy extra storage media.

Slide and open the battery/memory card cover as shown in the figure. etc. The storage media and its data may be damaged.• • • • • Never format the built-in memory or memory card using a PC. Close the cover. format. only the built-in memory will be available. A memory card and its data may be damaged. (SMX-K44/K45 only) Do not eject a memory card while it is being used in the camcorder. INSERTING / EJECTING A MEMORY CARD Inserting a memory card 1. Turn the camcorder off. If you insert a memory card when the camcorder is on. Turn the camcorder off. 4. 3. playback. Insert a memory card into the memory card slot until it softly clicks in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure. the pop-up message will prompt you automatically to select the storage type. Slightly push the memory card inwards to pop it out. Insert Ejecting a memory card 1. 4. Eject CAUTION English_37 . Do not remove the power (battery pack or AC power adaptor) when accessing storage media with recording. Pull the memory card out of the memory card slot and close the cover. delete. 2. (SMX-K44/K45 only) If there is no memory card inserted. 2. be sure to slide the memory card inwards with the label facing the battery. Slide and open the battery/memory card cover as shown in the figure. 3. As shown in the figure.

• 38_English . An SDHC card has a mechanical write protection switch.You can also use an SD memory card.The following recording media have been recommended for use with this camcorder. To enable writing. • • • • • You can use an SDHC memory card.2.00) SD card and supports capacity above 2GB. or they may lose data that has already been recorded. • After you modify the name of a file or folder stored in a memory card using your PC. For video recording. your camcorder may not recognize the modified file. • Due to changes In File Allocation System and physical specifications. SDHC memory cards can not be used with current SD enabled host devices. move the switch down. SDHC: 4~32GB <Usable Memory Card> Compatible recording media (512MB ~32GB) . Normal operation is not guaranteed with SD cards bigger than 2GB. SDHC or SD memory cards: By Panasonic. • • Cautions for memory card Damaged data may not be recovered. move the switch up towards terminals. SDHC (Secure Digital High Capacity) Memory Card The SDHC card is a higher version (Ver.about the storage media SELECTING A SUITABLE MEMORY CARD A memory card is a compact portable storage media. recording. (Memory cards must be purchased separately. Setting the switch prevents accidental erasure of files recorded on the card. Others are not recommended. It is recommended you make a back-up of important data on the hard disk of your PC. they may fail to record data correctly. SanDisk. and playback may cause data loss.) tab In this camcorder. use a memory card that supports faster write speed (at least 2MB/sec). deleting. • Turning the power off or removing a memory card during operations such as formatting. (SD cards up to 2GB are supported with this Protection camcorder. so buy such products with caution. you can use memory cards (SD/SDHC) of the following capacity: <SDHC memory card> SD: 512MB~2GB. SDHC memory cards can only be used with only SDHC enabled host devices.) Terminals . but recommended that you use an SDHC memory card with your camcorder. and TOSHIBA If other media are used. To set write protection.

" To facilitate video recording. • Using a lower write speed memory card when recording a video may cause problems when storing the video on a memory card. Please record a lower resolution. After a period of use. Be sure to format your memory card using this camcorder. Be careful to keep a memory card out of the reach of children. the more memory will be used. Note that formatting erases all information on a memory card. the camcorder forcibly stores the video on a memory card and displays a warning: "Low speed card.Handling a memory card • • • • • • • • • • It is recommended that you power off before inserting or removing a memory card to avoid data loss. • • • Samsung is not responsible for data loss due to misuse. format it with your camcorder. You have to format newly-purchased memory cards. Actual formatted capacity may be less as the internal firmware uses a portion of the memory. dry cloth to clean the terminals if required. However. Use a soft. We recommend using a memory card case to avoid losing data from moving and static electricity. • The data storage speed may differ. The camcorder supports SDHC memory card for data storage. Do not paste anything other than the label supplied with the card on the label pasting portion. depending on the manufacturer and production system. resolution of the recording may be lower than the set value. a memory card may get warm. the higher the resolution. you are recommended to use a memory card that supports faster write speed. or cause strong impact to the card. A memory card has a certain life span. Do not bring foreign substances on memory card terminals. • In an attempt to preserve every bit of the recorded video. If you cannot record new data. This is normal and is not a malfunction. in humidity or a dusty environment. Note that formatting erases all data on a memory card. ensure that you purchase a fast speed memory card. A memory card is a precision electronic media. • For optimal performance of the camcorder. Do not bend. who might swallow it. It is not guaranteed that you can use a memory card formatted by other devices. Do not use or store at high temperatures. • If you are forced to use a low speed memory card. you have to purchase a new memory card. memory cards with data that your camcorder cannot recognize or are saved by other devices. drop. If you cannot use a memory card that has been used with another device. You may even lose your video data during the recording. English_39 .

040 7. Memory Card 4GB 8GB 95min.999 9. 620min. (Unit: Approximate minutes of recording) Recordable number of photos Media Capacity Mode Resolution 800x600 4:3 1600x1200 848x480 16:9 1696x960 Built-in memory* 16GB 9.999 6.680 3.000. • Recordable time for videos Media Capacity TV Super Fine ( ) 720x480(60i) TV Fine ( TV Normal ( Web Fine ( Web Normal ( ) ) ) 720x480(60i) 720x480(60i) 640x480(30p) ) 640x480(30p) Built-in memory* 16GB 32GB 380min. 480min.040 8GB 9.999 (Unit: Approximate number of images) 1GB 1. 120min. 1.000 bytes : actual formatted capacity may be less as the internal firmware uses a portion of the memory.840 1. 960min.999 9. 480min.999 9. 480min. 1. 16GB 380min. 32GB 760min.680 3. 1. 155min.080 16GB 9. 240min.999 9.999 32GB 9.530 3. 620min. 960min.999 6. 480min.999 9.999 9. 1GB 23min. 2GB 47min. 310min. 960min.about the storage media RECORDABLE TIME AND CAPACITY The following shows the camcorder’s maximum recording time and number of images according to the resolution / memory capacity. 240min. please note the approximate maximum limits.240min. 120min.999 9.999 9.240min.530 Memory Card 4GB 7. 310min. 960min. 760min. 38min. 77min.840 1.240min.999 9.999 9.999 9.000. 155min. 60min.999 1GB 1. 30min. 190min.999 32GB 9.240min. 60min.920 760 1. 1. 30min. • For recording videos and photos.920 760 2GB 3.080 9. 620min. 620min. 77min.999 9. 38min. 40_English .

"TV Normal". For recording. A memory card that is used to store a video can cause unwritable areas. 16:9 aspect ratio will use more memory than 4:3 aspect ratio. The compression rate automatically adjusts to the recording image. The maximum size of a video (H." . The compression rate increases while lowering the resolution ( in the order of "TV Super Fine".999 files of videos and photos in one memory card. Proper operation is not guaranteed for those memory cards that are not formatted by this camcorder. "Web Normal. "Web Normal"). Video (or photo) images recorded by other equipment are not playable on this camcorder. The camcorder can store up to 9. which may result in reduced recording time and free memory space. "Web Fine". but the recording time will be increased. "TV Fine". "Web Fine" and "Web Normal" modes provide optimal operation with web-based applications. The recording length of a Time Lapse REC may vary depending on settings. the lower the resolution is.8GB. You can select the desired LCD display aspect ratio for recording or playback (16:9 Wide/4:3 aspect ratio). Some cards may not be compatible depending on a memory card manufacturer and memory card type. (Write speed: 2MB / sec or higher) If you use a low write speed memory card. Memory cards bigger than 32GB in capacity may not work properly. "TV Fine". "TV Normal". "Web Fine". recording may stop with a message of "Low speed card. page 56 English_41 . 32GB (SMX-K45 only) models. The higher the compression rate is. Items marked with * are available only with 16GB (SMX-K44 only). The camcorder provides five resolution options for video recordings: ." The camcorder will operate properly with memory cards up to 32GB for recording / playback. and the recording time may vary accordingly. it is recommended to use a memory card that supports faster write speed.• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • The previous figures are measured under Samsung’s standard recording test conditions and may differ depending on the test or use condition. "TV Fine" and "TV Normal" modes provide optimal operation with a TV."TV Super Fine".264/AVC) file that can be recorded at one time is 1. You can use an SDHC memory card on your camcorder."TV Super Fine". Please record a lower resolution. Perform the formatting directly on the camcorder. To facilitate video recording.

Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder. Check the subject on the LCD screen. 3. Otherwise. use the Control buttons ( / / /OK) for playback search or deleting the current file. 4. For on-screen information display. page 16 (A battery pack or an AC power adaptor) • Set the appropriate storage media. 1. One is on the rear side of the camcorder and the other one is on the LCD panel. Select the one that works best for you. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 Auto Exposure • WARNING • • • • • • Samsung is not responsible for any loss or damages due to the memory card problem such as saving failures and abnormal playbacks. Do not disconnect the power source (battery pack. • To stop recording. (MODE button. some button operations are unavailable. Beware that you can not recover a damaged recorded data. etc. Press the Recording start/stop button. your camcorder switches back to the STBY mode. • You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.recording Basic procedures to record a video or photo image are described below and on the following pages. you can view the most recently recorded video or photo image right after your recording. page 36 (SMX-K44/K45 only) (If you want to record on a memory card. insert a memory card. Press the OK button in STBY mode right after your recording. 2. RECORDING VIDEOS • 1. turn the camcorder off. • Connect a power source to the camcorder.) • If required.If the mode has been changed after the recording or the camcorder is connected USB cable.) 42_English . it may cause damage to the storage media or data corruption. The camcorder provides two Recording start/stop buttons. pages 53~68 During recording. 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 Quick View Using the Quick View function.If the camcorder has been turned off and on again after the recording. For various functions available when you record videos. Press the Control button ( ) to view the most recent video (or photo) you have recorded. When recording is finished. change the video resolution and aspect ratio at your preference. • After the Quick view is finished. page 25 Eject the battery pack when you have finished recording to prevent unnecessary battery power consumption. AC adaptor) during a recording. press the Recording start/stop button again. 2. • The recording indicator ( ) will display and recording will start. MENU button. . The Quick View function is not available in the following conditions: . • During a Quick view. • Shortcut menu (OK guide) is displayed on the LCD screen.

• • • • • • • • Sound is recorded from the internal stereo microphone on the front of the camcorder. Do not operate the Power ( ) button or remove a memory card while accessing the storage media. Unavailable buttons during EASY Q operation: • The following button and menu operations are unavailable because the items are automatically set. English_43 . 1. You can easily record videos or photos in the same mode without having to change it. LCD screen brightness and color can be adjusted from the menu. Press the EASY Q button. You will see a message saying recording is disabled due to the lock. You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button. ) • The EASY Q ( ) and Anti-Shake (OIS) ( ) indicators appear on the screen at the same time. the system will be switched to the STBY mode. . 2. which frees you from detailed adjustments.MENU button / OK button • Cancel the EASY Q function if you want to add any effect or settings to the images. You can switch the play mode to the record mode by pressing the Recording start/stop or MODE button. the data recovery might fail. iSCENE. most functions turn off and the following functions are set to "Auto. the system is switched to the data recovery mode. If the power cable/battery is disconnected or recording is disabled during recording. • When you press the EASY Q button. RECORDING WITH EASE FOR BEGINNERS (EASY Q MODE) With the EASY Q function. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder. no other function is enabled. While data is being recovered. When the recording time is short. you cannot set or release the EASY Q mode. most of the camcorder settings are automatically adjusted. The corresponding message "Release the EASY Q" may appear if unavailable operations are attempted. • To take photos. • 3. • During recording. press the Recording start/stop button. make sure to test the recording function to check if there is any problem with the audio and video recording. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 To cancel EASY Q mode • • Press the EASY Q button again. page 89 This camcorder provides one combined video and photo record mode. The EASY Q ( ) and Anti-Shake (OIS) ( ) indicators disappear from the screen. Most settings will return to the settings that were set prior to activating the EASY Q mode. To record videos. Adjusting the brightness or color of the LCD screen does not affect the image to be recorded. You cannot use a locked memory card for recording. Take care that this microphone is not blocked. • Recording will begin using the basic automatic settings. Doing so may damage the storage media or the data on the storage media. Before recording an important video. etc. After data recovery." (Focus. press the PHOTO button.

You can switch the play mode to the record mode by pressing the PHOTO or MODE button. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder. When taking a photo is finished. Using the Quick View function. (To switch to 4:3. 3. 1. 4. you can view the most recently recorded video or photo image right after your recording. release 16:9 mode. You can easily record videos or photos in the same mode without having to change it. while 1600X1200 and 800X600 are available in 4:3 aspect ratio.) • If required. ) on the screen disappear. page 89 Do not turn off the camcorder or remove a memory card when taking photos as it may damage the storage media or data. Indicators ( • While saving a photo image to the storage media. Check the subject on the LCD screen. and the photo image is recorded. LCD screen brightness and color can be adjusted from the menu. • Set the appropriate storage media. Adjusting the brightness or color of the LCD screen does not affect the image to be recorded. Photo image files recorded by your camcorder conform to the “DCF (Design rule for Camera File system)” universal standard established by the JEITA (Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association). you cannot take the next photo. 2. Audio will not be recorded with the photo image on the storage media. insert a memory card. page 42 44_English . page 36 (SMX-K44/K45 only) (If you want to record on a memory card. • You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( ) button.recording TAKING PHOTOS • You can take photos with the PHOTO button. Press the PHOTO button. • • • • • • • • • • Maximum number of recordable images may vary depending on the subject and resolution setup. • Shutter sound is heard. change the photo resolution at your preference. turn the camcorder off. Available photo resolutions are 1696X960 and 848X480 in 16:9 aspect ratio.) page 56 This camcorder provides one combined video and photo record mode. DCF is an integrated image-file format for digital cameras: Image files can be used on all digital devices conforming to DCF.

To zoom in • Slide the Zoom lever towards T (telephoto). use "Manual Focus." page 62 It is recommended to use Anti-Shake (OIS) with handheld recording if the subject is zoomed in and enlarged. Zoom magnification over 65x is done through digital image processing. However. Frequent use of the zoom function consumes more power. Zooming during a recording may record operation sound of the zoom lever or zoom button. If this occurs. 65x Intelli-zoom and 2200x digital zoom.) Slide the Zoom lever towards W (wide-angle). Digital zooming is possible up to 2200x. (Or press the Control button ( ) on the LCD panel.ZOOMING IN AND OUT Use the zoom function for close-up or wide-angle recording." page 65 The minimum possible distance between the camcorder and subject while maintaining sharp focus is about 1cm (about 0. (Or press the Control button ( ) on the LCD panel. When using the zoom function. A fast moving increases the zoom speed.) To zoom out • W:Recording wide area (wide-angle) T: Recording enlarged image (telephoto) • • • • • • • • • You can zoom with the zoom lever or the Control (W/T) button on the LCD panel. Fast zooming or zooming in subject at a far distance may produce slow focusing. but during digital zoom the image quality may suffer. Set "Zoom Type" to "Digital Zoom.39 inch) for wide-angle and 1m (about 39. and is therefore called digital zoom.4 inches) for telephoto. This camcorder allows you to record using 52x optical power zoom. its speed can be decreased by slowly moving the Zoom (W/T) lever. W: Wide-angle T: Telephoto STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 English_45 . Optical zoom preserves image quality. the Zoom (W/T) button on the display cannot adjust the zoom speed.

the photos thumbnail index view appears. How to change between video and photo thumbnail view. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. page 70 46_English . CHANGING THE PLAYBACK MODE • • Pressing the MODE button changes the operation mode to Record ( / ) and Play ( ) mode in turn. In the thumbnail index view. When switching to Play mode after recording a video. the videos thumbnail index view appears. respectively. This camcorder provides one combined video and photo record mode. you can directly select and display a desired image without using fast forwarding and rewinding. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 <Record mode> Normal View 0:00:55 1/10 Normal View 100-0001 1/10 Photo Move Play Video Move Full View <Video play mode> <Photo play mode> The Multi View Option enables you to sort thumbnails of recorded videos or photos in the order of recording. recorded date. and the iSCENE mode for playback. recordings will be stored in videos or photos thumbnail index view. According to the previous record mode.playback • • You can view recorded videos and photos in thumbnail index view and play them in various ways. You can easily record videos or photos in the same mode without having to change it. The recorded videos or photos are displayed in thumbnail index view. When switching to Play mode after recording a photo.

You can find a desired video image quickly using the thumbnail index view. date/time appears briefly for about a second and then the selected video starts playing. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. • Playing time of the selected file and the thumbnail showing the video playback will appear on the screen.) 2. 3. page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media. The thumbnail highlight is on the latest created or played file. insert a memory card. • Shortcut menu for playback will be displayed for a while. 4. JAN/04/2009 Normal View 0:00:55 1/10 Photo Move Play 0:00:00/0:00:55 Multi View 100-0001 English_47 . • If you set the Date/Time Display before video playback. Select the Video thumbnail index view screen. (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card.PLAYING VIDEOS • • This function works only in Video Play ( ) mode. and then press the OK button. • The thumbnail index view appears. page 71 • To stop playback and return to the thumbnail index view. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. 1. • The selected videos are played according to the Play Option setting. Use the Control button ( / / / ) to select the desired videos. move the zoom lever.

• The volume bar disappears after 3~4 seconds.) You can playback recorded video files on a TV or a PC. • You can hear the recorded sound from the built-in speaker. (If you close the LCD screen while playing.) 0:00:00/0:00:55 Multi View 100-0001 0:00:00/0:00:55 100-0001 48_English . the message "Empty" appears.playback • • • • • • • If there is no file stored to view. volume adjustment should be done on the connected external device." pages 69~81 Use the Quick View function if you want to preview the last recorded video or photos.Video file formats that are not supported The built-in speaker automatically turns off when the Audio/Video cable is connected to the camcorder.Video files edited or renamed on a PC . see "playback options. pages 95.Video files recorded by devices other than the camcorder . page 105 For various functions available during playback. page 42 Adjusting the volume Press the Control button ( / ) to increase or decrease the volume. Video files may not playback on the camcorder in the following cases: . (When connected to external devices. you will not hear the sound from the speaker. • The level can be set to anywhere between 0 and 10.100 You can upload recorded videos or photos to YouTube or Flickr using Intelli-studio.

press the OK button. Pressing the Control button ( ) repeatedly skips files in the reverse direction. use the Control button ( / ) to play the video forward or backward one frame at a time. press the Control button ( ) to locate the start point of the current file.FPS (Forward Playback Search) rate: x2 x4 x8 x16 • To resume normal playback.To resume normal playback.Forward slow playback rate: x1/2 x1/4 x1/8 x1/16 . or to the left for reverse search. . Slow motion playback ( / ) • During pause. press the OK button.Various Playback Operations Still playback (pause) ( / ) • Press the OK button during playback. • During playback. • Press the Control button ( ) within 3 seconds from the start point. • Recorded sound is not heard in slow motion playback. Pressing the Control button ( ) repeatedly skips files in the forward 0:00:10/0:00:55 direction.Reverse slow playback rate: x1/2 x1/4 x1/8 x1/16 . . press the OK button again. pressing the Control button ( / ) changes the playback speed.To resume normal playback. / ) Search playback ( • During playback. • During slow motion playback. 100-0001 / ) Frame-by-frame playback ( • In pause mode. and the first image of the previous file is skipped. press the Control button ( ) to locate the start point of the next file. 0:00:00/0:00:55 Skip playback ( / ) Multi View 100-0001 • During playback.RPS (Reverse Playback Search) rate: x2 x4 x8 x16 . press and hold the Control button ( ) for forward search. English_49 .To resume normal playback. holding the Control button ( / ) reduces the playback speed. . . • Pressing the Control button to ( / ) repeatedly increases the search speed for each direction. press the OK button.

(SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card. Use the Control button ( / / / ) to select the desired photos. • To return to the thumbnail index view. You can find and view desired photos quickly using the thumbnail index view. The Quick View function is used if you want to preview the last recorded photos. insert a memory card. 4. . move the zoom lever. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. Select the Photo thumbnail index view screen. • The thumbnail index view appears. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. . Loading time may vary depending on the size and quality of the selected photo. Doing so may damage the recorded data. The thumbnail highlight is on the latest created or played file.A photo recorded on other devices. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. 1.A photo with a file format not supported on this camcorder (does not conform to DCF standards). press the Control button ( / ). • WARNING Normal View 100-0001 1/10 • Do not power off or eject a memory card during photo playback. .playback VIEWING PHOTOS This function works only in Photo Play ( ) mode. page 42 Video Move Full View 1/10 • • 100-0001 50_English . and then press the OK button.A photo with its file name changed on a PC. Your camcorder may not playback the following photo files normally. page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media. • Shortcut menu for playback will be displayed for a while.) • • 2. • To view the previous/next photo. 3.

English_51 . MENU button : Use it to enter or exit the menu. 1. 3.recording options CHANGING THE MENU SETTINGS You can change the menu settings to customise your camcorder. • To return to the normal screen. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder. page 32 ) button. OK button : Use it to select or confirm the menu. Access the desired menu screen by following the steps below. • Depending on the mode selected. • The menu screen appears. press the MENU button. • You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( 2. Select the desired submenu and menu item with the Control buttons ( / / / ) and the OK button. Press the MENU button. some menu items may not be available to select and change. Control button ( / / / ) : Use it to move up/down/left/right c. Button Tips a. You can also access the shortcut menu using the OK button. b. then change the various settings.

). etc. Press the MENU button. 5. / ) button. 1. Back Light. if "Auto" is selected in the iSCENE mode. (iSCENE. the item's indicator may not be displayed on the screen. Press the MENU button to exit the menu.recording options Follow the instructions below to use each of the menu items listed after this page. Select the desired submenu item with the Control button ( the OK button." 4. Focus. Press the Control button ( / ) to select "iSCENE. • You can also turn the camcorder on by pressing the Power ( 2. and then press STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] iSCENE Auto The selected item is applied and the indicator is displayed. Open the LCD screen to turn on the camcorder. 3. For example: Setting iSCENE in the Record mode.) Sports Portrait Exit STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 52_English . • The menu screen appears. However.

pages 54~68 : Possible Record ( / ) mode Default value Auto TV Fine 1696x960 (16:9 Wide) On Auto Auto Auto 0 Off Off Auto Off Off Off Intelli-Zoom Off Off Page 54 55 55 56 56 57 58 59 60 60 61 63 64 64 65 66 68 82 Recording menu items Items iSCENE Video Resolution Photo Resolution 16:9 Wide White Balance Aperture Shutter Speed EV C. For operation details.MENU ITEMS • • Accessing items in the menu depends on the operation mode. see the corresponding page.Nite Back Light Focus Digital Effect Fader Wind Cut Zoom Type Time Lapse REC Guideline Settings English_53 .

page 32 54_English . . recording environment or purpose of filming. .Reduces blurring objects in rapid motion. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Sports Recording people or objects in motion Exit Move Select on-screen display None "Portrait" "Spotlight" "Beach" "Snow" "High Speed" "Food" "Waterfall" • • You can check the selected iSCENE on the on-screen information display. . In this case. .Where sunlight is intense like a beach. . the image may flicker.recording options USING THE RECORDING MENU ITEMS You can the menu items for video or photos recording. .Prevents overexposure of subject's face. .Creates a shallow depth of field so that the person or subject appears against a softened background.Recording a waterfall or fountain. item "Auto" "Sports" contents . when strong light strikes the subject. iSCENE This camcorder automatically sets the shutter speed and aperture according to the subject brightness for optimum recording: You can also specify one of various modes depending on subject conditions. However. nothing will appear in "Auto" mode.EV value is automatically adjusted to the optimal.Recording close-up objects in high saturation. . The iSCENE also can be set in the shortcut menu. as in a wedding or on stage.Reduces blurring when recording rapidly moving subjects such as in golf or tennis.Where reflection of light is intense like a snowfield. . . use the Auto mode for recording.You can shoot images in Auto adjustment mode. If the Sports mode is used under a fluorescent light.The portrait mode is most effective when used outdoors. etc.

This camcorder can record in "TV Super Fine". page 40 Video resolution settings of "Web Fine" and "Web Normal" record movie in 4:3 aspect ratio even when you set it to 16:9. For photo development. "TV Normal". English_55 . the higher the resolution. "TV Normal". "Web Fine" or "Web Normal. "800x600 (4:3)" • • • • • page 45 contents on-screen display Records in 800x600 resolution. "Web Fine" and "Web Normal" modes. Videos recorded in 720x480(60i) resolution at fine image quality. "848x480 (16:9)" Records in 848x480 resolution. The number of recordable images varies depending on the recording environment. For detailed information image capacity. The recording times depend on the resolution of a video to be recorded. the finer the image quality. "TV Fine". item "1696x960 (16:9)" Records in 1696x960 resolution. Supports viewing with the optimal resolution on a PC. on-screen display You can record a scene at five resolution levels: "TV Super Fine". the better the resolution is. item "TV Super Fine" "TV Fine" "TV Normal" "Web Fine" "Web Normal" • • • contents Videos recorded in 720x480(60i) resolution at super-fine image quality. Photos recorded by your camcorder may not be displayed in another device if it does not support the high resolution. Videos recorded in 640x480 (30p) resolution at fine image quality." However. the more memory is used. Supports viewing with the optimal resolution on a PC. Videos recorded in the 640x480 (30p) resolution at normal image quality. "TV Fine".Video Resolution You can select the resolution of a video to be recorded. Videos recorded in 720x480(60i) resolution at normal image quality. there is less space to store photos in the memory. Photo Resolution You can select the resolution of the photo image to be recorded. "1600x1200 (4:3)" Records in 1600x1200 resolution. If a higher resolution is selected. The "TV Fine" mode is set as the factory default. page 40 High resolution images occupy more memory space than low resolution images. The submenu items of Photo Resolution vary depending on the selection of the 16:9 Wide function.

recording options 16:9 Wide You can select the desired LCD display aspect ratio for recording or playback (16:9 Wide/4:3 aspect ratio). Select "Custom WB". such as in a photo studio. Controls the white balance according to the outdoor lighting. Use an object that is not transparent. The default setting is "16:9 Wide : On. Change the white balance setting depending on the recording conditions. Exit Set ." are displayed. White Balance This memory camcorder automatically adjusts the color of subject. Displays the image in 4:3 aspect ratio. 2. • The white balance setting will be applied and indicator ( 56_English ) is displayed. item "Off" "On" contents Disables the function. Adjusts for places under incandescent lamp. on-screen display None None • Please set the aspect ratio before recording. or under bright lighting. Press the OK button. Set Exi t STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 Set White Balance. Adjusts White Balance manually to match the light source or situation. • Video resolution settings of "Web Fine" and "Web Normal" record movie in 4:3 aspect ratio even when you set it to 16:9. White thick paper on-screen display None Setting the white balance manually : 1. Recording and viewing of 16:9 aspect ratio." page 62 3. correct the focus using "Manual Focus. STB Y 0:00 :00 [475 Min ] 9 999 Set Wh ite Bal anc e. Adjusts for a cloudy sky or shady location. then connect the camcorder to an HDTV via HDMI. Frame a white object such as a piece of paper so that it fills the screen. item "Auto" "Daylight" "Cloudy" "Fluorescent " "Tungsten" "Custom WB" contents Adjusts the White Balance automatically." • If you record videos in 4:3 mode. Select to use the standard display aspect ratio of 4:3 on the screen. • If the object that fills the screen is not focused. • The indicator ( ) and the message "Set White Balance. Adjusts for white fluorescent lighting. your videos will play back in 16:9 mode.

etc. Use this function for a more natural result. • When shooting on a reflective natural background such as at the beach or when skiing.Exposure value can be set between "F1. contents on-screen display None "Manual" Sets the aperture value manually.If you set aperture to manual. The aperture value needs to be adjusted in the following cases: • When shooting against the light or when the background is too bright. Do not use a colored object when setting white balance: The appropriate tint cannot be set.). • When the background is overly dark (for example. candlelight. Reset the white balance if lighting conditions change. setting to auto may provide better results. fluorescent. .6 Exit Adjust OK Understanding Aperture The aperture stop of a photographic lens can be adjusted to control the amount of light reaching the image sensor. During normal outdoor recording." . STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 Manual Aperture F5. item "Auto" Sets the aperture value automatically. Because the color temperature is different depending on the light source.• • • • A subject can be recorded under various types of lighting conditions indoors (natural. Setting the aperture manually: • Press the Control button ( / ) to adjust the aperture while viewing the image on the LCD screen. English_57 . the subject tint will differ depending on the white balance settings.Confirm your selection by pressing the OK button. . You can also manually adjust the Aperture to your preference.8" and "F22. the higher the aperture. Aperture The camcorder adjusts the aperture automatically depending on the subject and recording conditions. night scenery). the brighter the recorded picture will be.

The image may not seem smooth when a high shutter speed is setted. CAUTION Do not shoot the sun while the shutter speed is set to 1/1000 or slower. 1/100. The flickering that occurs when shooting under a florescent light or mercury-vapor lamp is reduced. The shutter speed is fixed at 1/100 second. Faster shutter speed is recommended for shooting a dynamic subject. 1/250. 1/1000 1/2000. item "Auto" contents The memory camcorder automatically sets the appropriate aperture value. 1/4000. When recording with a shutter speed of 1/1000 or higher. . The adjusted value is applied right after moving the Control button ( / ) to adjust the shutter speed. 1/10000 • • • • • • STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 Manual Shutter 1/500 Exit Adjust OK conditions The shutter speed is fixed at 1/60 second. Setting the shutter speed manually: You can set the shutter speed manually. Shutter speed 1/100 seconds means the shutter box is opened for 1/100 seconds. then press the OK button. You can also manually adjust the shutter speed according to the scene conditions. 1/2000. 1/4000. make sure the sun is not directly shining into the lens. Slow shutter speed exposes the sensor to more lights. Moving cars. • Press the Control button ( / ) to adjust shutter speed. Outdoor sports such as golf and tennis. As the shutter speed increases. 1/1000. which may deteriorate the product. Recommended shutter speed when recording: shutter speed 1/60 1/100 1/250. trains or other rapidly moving vehicles such as roller coasters. 58_English . 1/500. or 1/10000. A fast shutter speed can freeze the motion of a fast moving subject and a slow shutter speed can blur the subject to give the impression of motion. the sensor accepts less light than a slower shutter speed setup. Indoor sports such as basketball. on-screen display None "Manual" Shutter speed can be set to 1/60. 1/500.recording options Shutter Speed The memory camcorder automatically sets the shutter speed depending on the subject brightness. Black bands that usually appear when shooting a TV screen become narrower.The adjusted value is applied right after pressing the Control button ( / ) to adjust the shutter speed. Note that higher shutter speed produces darker image.

When shooting using reverse lighting or when the background is too bright. the higher the exposure. the brighter the recorded picture will be. • • STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] EV Adjust Exit STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 EV 0 The exposure also can be set in the shortcut menu.When the background is overly dark or the subject is bright.When shooting against a reflective natural background such as at the beach or when skiing. • Press the Control button ( / ) to adjust the exposure while viewing the image on the LCD screen. Setting the exposure manually: When manually setting the exposure.Confirm your selection by pressing the OK button. You can also manually adjust the exposure depending on the recording conditions. the default setting appears as the value is automatically adjusted according to the environmental light conditions.If you set exposure to manual. . .Exposure value can be set between "-2. page 32 The shutter speed also varies automatically depending on the EV value. . English_59 . Manual exposure is recommended in situations: .Exposure value setting will be applied and ( ) indicator and setting value are displayed. .0" .0" and "+2. .EV (Exposure Value) The camcorder usually adjusts the exposure automatically.

<Backlight off> <Backlight on> 60_English . The memory camcorder automatically adjusts image brightness. None "On" Backlight compensation brightens the subject quickly.recording options C.The person to be recorded is wearing white or shiny clothes and is placed against a bright background: The person’s face is too dark to distinguish his/her features. Record a brighter image by fixing the shutter speed to "1/15" in a dark location. . the image takes on a slow motion like effect. on-screen item contents display "Off" Disables the function. Back lighting influences recording when the subject is darker than the background: . Record a brighter image by extending the low shutter speed range to "1/30". item "Off" "Auto" "1/30" "1/15" • • contents Disables the function. the focus adjusts slowly and white dots may appear on the screen. . or record a brighter image in dark places without a compromise in colors. When using the C.Nite.The light sources are too bright. .The subject is outdoors and the background is overcast.The subject is in front of a window. this function will compensate for lighting so that the subject is not too dark. Back Light When a subject is lit from behind.Nite You can adjust the shutter speed when recording a slow moving object.Nite. this is not a defect.The subject is against a snowy background. . on-screen display None When using the C.

• • • STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Focus Auto Face Detection Manual Exit • The Face Detection indicator ( ) and Face Detection frame ( ) are not recorded. For example. You can also manually focus on a subject depending on the recording conditions. Framing a person’s face while Face Detection is set will adjust focus and exposure to optimal values automatically. Also. • Press the Control button ( / ) to select "Face Detection". it is better to use the automatic focus feature.' STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 English_61 . item "Auto" contents In most situations. it adjusts recording conditions optimised for the face detected. as it enables you to concentrate on the creative side of your recording. The Face Detection may not operate depending on the recording conditions. . If this occurs. The Face Detection feature will not work when framing the side of a person's face. "Manual" Face detection It detects and recognizes face-like shapes and adjusts focus.Detects a face and shows a frame on it. The detected face image is optimised automatically. color and exposure automatically. the Face Detection frame may appear when framing a 'face-like' shape. even when the subject is not a person's face. and then press the OK button. Manual focusing may be necessary under certain conditions that make automatic focusing difficult or unreliable. You must be facing them 'head-on.Focus • • The camcorder usually focuses on a subject automatically (auto-focus). on-screen display None "Face Detection" Records under the optimal condition by detecting faces automatically. turn off the Face Detection feature.

• The nearer or farther icon ( / ) appears between the indicators when <Further subject > <Nearer subject > focus adjustment reaches the end. If you use the zoom function after manual focusing.recording options Focusing manually during recording: This camcorder automatically focuses a subject from close-up to infinity. Manual focus is recommended in the following situations : • Dark shooting subject • When the background is too bright • Subject through a window that is stained or wet • Subject with dense horizontal or sloping stripes • Distant subject behind a nearby wire fence • Walls. In this case. Focusing on a nearer subject To focus on a nearer subject. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 Manual Focus Focusing on a farther subject To focus on a farther subject. 1. When "Zoom Type" is set to "Digital Zoom". page 65 62_English . Press the Control button ( / ) to select the desired indicator to adjust focus. Press the Control button ( / ) to select "Manual. press the Control button ( )." • The manual focus adjustment indicator appears. check if the "Digital Zoom" is turned off. use the manual focus mode. • The adjusted value is applied right after pressing the Control button ( / ) to adjust the focus. However. Before focusing manually. Turn the "Digital Zoom" off. Use the zoom function to catch the desired target before manually adjusting the focus. the correct focus may not be obtained depending on the recording conditions. refocusing is required. • The manual focus setting will be applied and the ( ) indicator is displayed. press the Control button ( ). manual focusing will not be accurate. 2. then press the OK button. page 32 Manual focusing focuses on a point in the framed scene while auto focusing focuses on the center area automatically. atmosphere and other low-contrast subject • Emitting strong light or reflecting subject • Focusing on a subject near the boundary of the frame • • • • You can easily adjust the focus using the Shortcut menu button.

Changes the images into black and white. Reverses the colors and the brightness. A mosaic overlay appears on an image. 5 6 3 4 on-screen display None 1 2 Adds artistic effects to an image. This mode applies a pale pastel drawing effect to an image. There are 10 different digital effect options. This mode cuts the image in half and makes a mirrored image on the other half. item "Off" "BLK&WHT" "Sepia " "Negative" "Art" "Emboss" "Mosaic" "Mirror" "Pastel" "Cosmetic" contents Disables the function. 9 10 7 7 8 This mode helps correct facial imperfections.Digital Effect • • • The digital effect enables you to give a creative look to your recording. "Step printing" Technique of recording the image in segments. This mode creates a 3D effect (embossing). This mode gives the images a reddish brown pigment. Select the appropriate digital effect for the type of picture that you wish to record and the effect you wish to create. English_63 . creating the look of a negative.

Wind Cut You can reduce wind noise when recording sound from the built-in microphone. the fader will be executed. Fade in Press the Recording start/stop button when "Fader" is set to "In." Recording stops as the image and sound are faded out.recording options Fader You can give your recording a professional look by using special effects such as fade in at the beginning of a sequence or fade out at the end of a sequence. item "Off" "On" Disables the function Minimizes wind noise or other noise while recording. Fade out Press the Recording start/stop button when "Fader" is set to "Out. contents on-screen display None When "Wind Cut" is "On"." Recording starts with a dark screen and then the image and sound are faded in. Fade in-out Press the Recording start/stop button when "Fader" is set to "In-Out. some low frequency sound is eliminated along with the sound of the wind. Fade In (Approx. "In-Out" When you start or stop recording. 64_English . the low-frequency components in the sound picked up by the microphone will be cut off during recording: This makes it easier to hear voice and sound during playback. 3 seconds) This function is disabled after being used one time. "Out" When the recording is done. the fader will be executed. None "In" As soon as you start recording. on-screen item contents display "Off" Disables the function. • Use the Wind Cut feature when recording in windy places such as a beach. 3 seconds) Fade Out (Approx. the fader will be executed accordingly. If "Wind Cut : On" is set." Recording starts with a dark screen and then the image and sound are faded in and recording stops as the image and sound are faded out.

Digital zoom is available up to 2200x. "Digital Zoom" None • • • • The image quality may deteriorate depending on how much you zoom in on the subject. English_65 . . "Intelli-Zoom" .The camcorder zooms the full width of the image sensor to obtain a larger zoom range without any deterioration in image quality. . With the digital zoom the image is processed digitally so image quality will deteriorate the more you zoom in. The zooming zone appears when you move the zoom lever. Maximum zooming may result in lower image quality. This right side of the bar shows the digital zooming zone. but during digital zoom the image quality may suffer. . The Optical Zoom and the Intelli-Zoom preserve the video quality. The zoom range will change depending on the aspect ratio of the video.Zoom Type The memory camcorder offers three types of zoom: optical.When this option is selected.Intelli-zoom is available up to 65x. intelligent and digital zoom when recording videos. item contents on-screen display None None "Optical Zoom" Only optical zoom is available up to 52x. the camcorder will switch automatically to the digital zoom when you zoom in beyond the optical or intelligent zoom range.

images of the subject are captured and saved to the storage media by set interval and total recording period. 7.recording options Time Lapse REC • Time Lapse REC records still images at specific intervals you can set. it will display 30 images per second. Press the Control button ( / ) to select "Time Lapse REC. • This function is useful for observing the movement of clouds. playback will last for about "1Min 36 Sec") 66_English . Time Lapse REC ("Sec": seconds. • While you set the preparatory settings (recording interval and total recording time). 9999 30Sec / 24Hr Time Lapse Recording 6." 3. then press the OK button. Time Lapse REC Off On : 1Sec 24Hr 1. When you start video recording. Exit 2. "Hr": hours) 30 Sec 24 Hr Off 4. the changes in daylight or blooming flowers. On = 1Min 36Sec 5. Press the MENU button. and plays them as one video file. etc. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] contents on-screen display None Setting the Time Lapse REC mode: To record in the Time Lapse REC mode. The Time Lapse REC starts. if the recording interval was "30" seconds and the total recording time was "24" hours. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] • The recording interval and total time for recording items are displayed. Press the OK button to finish the setting and press the MENU button to exit the menu. Set a desired recording interval ("Sec") with the Control button ( / ). press the Recording start/stop button. • While playing back. Move to the next setting with the Control button ( / ) and set a desired total Exit Move Set recording time ("Hr") in the same way. (After 24 hours of recording. 0:00:00 [475Min] the approximate time-lapse recording time will be displayed on the menu screen.) For example. item "Off" "On" Disables the function. (Sound is not available. images are automatically captured and saved in the storage media every 30 seconds for 24 hours. you need to set the recording interval and total recording time in the menu. After setting the Time Lapse REC mode. Press the Control button ( / ) to select "On".

8GB of storage media. After a while.Blooming flowers . Audio is not recorded during Time Lapse Recording. it displays a warning message. We recommend using the AC power adaptor when using the Time Lapse REC function. English_67 . then turns off automatically. a new recording file is automatically started at that point. if you set the interval to “30 Sec. it switches to standby mode. it saves recording up to that point and switches to standby mode. 30 captured images compose a video of 1 second length.Example of Time Lapse REC Total time for recording Recording interval Timeline Time Lapse REC records image frames at a predefined interval produce a time-lapse video. This is a normal operation. Time Lapse REC is useful for filming in the following situations: . Press the Recording start/stop button if you want to stop the Time Lapse REC. For example. the interval defines how long the Time Lapse Recording should be set for. Since the minimum length of a video to be saved by your camcorder is one second. When a time lapse recording starts. When the battery is discharged exhausted during Time Lapse REC. When memory runs out while performing Time Lapse REC. a message of “Time Lapse Recording” blinks on the screen and it appeared to be as if the screen is stopped. When a video recording fills up 1.Clouds rolling by in the sky Time for recording on the storage media (a video clip of Time Lapse REC) 0:00:00/0:01:36 0:00:32/0:01:36 0:01:34/0:01:36 0:01:35/0:01:36 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 100-0001 • • • • • • • • • • This function is disabled after being used one time. the camcorder switches to standby mode after saving what was recorded so far.” Time Lapse Recording should be set for at least 15 minutes to record a minimum video length of 1 second (30 images).Insect’s skin-casting . do not remove the power source or memory card from the camcorder. Once the Time Lapse REC finishes recording for its total recording time.

68_English . Set "Safety Zone" when you want to have various subjects in one scene with the proper size. The Guideline feature cannot be recorded on the images being recorded. • item "Off" "Cross" "Grid" Disables the function.35:1) for top and bottom. contents on-screen display None Records the subject placed in the center.recording options Guideline Guideline displays a certain pattern on the LCD screen so that you can easily set the image composition when recording images. • • Positioning the subject at the cross point of the guideline provides a balanced composition. • The camcorder provides 3 types of guidelines. Records the subject on the horizontal or vertical composition or close-up. Records the subject within safety zone which prevents them from being cut when "Safety Zone" editing in 4:3 for left and right and 16x9 (2.

See pages 46-50 for playback information and button operation.playback options MENU ITEMS • • • Accessible items in the menu vary depending on the operation mode. English_69 . while their detailed options may be different. See pages 70-81 for details on menu items during playback. use of functions both in thumbnail display and full image display employs the same method. : Possible : Not possible Playback menu items Items Multi View Option (Thumbnail index view only) Play Option Delete Protect Copy * iVIEW (Thumbnail index view only) Story-Board Print Divide Edit Combine (Thumbnail index view only) Slide Show Slide Show Option File Info Settings • • Video ( ) Photo ( ) Default value Normal View Play All - Page 70 71 72 73 74 75 - 76 77 79 80 81 81 82 Items marked with * are available only with SMX-K44/K45 models. In general.

. 0:02:03 Photo iSCENE Play <iSCENE View> 70_English . contents .Recorded files will be sorted by the iSCENE mode used at the recording time in thumbnails. Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen. Select an option by pressing the Control button ( / ) and then press the OK button. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. . "Date View" "iSCENE View" . 3.The thumbnail of the last recorded or played file is highlighted." 5.) 2. / / / ) to select a sorted item. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. 1.The video file thumbnails are displayed sequentially in the "Normal View" order of recorded time. insert a memory card. (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card. and the iSCENE mode for playback. Press the MENU button Control button ( / ) to select "Multi View Option. You can use the Control button ( Auto 1/10 This function is available only in the thumbnail index view screen. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media.playback options MULTI VIEW OPTION The Multi View Option enables you to sort thumbnails of recorded video or photos in the order of recording. item Normal View 0:00:55 1/10 Photo Move Play <Normal View> Date View JAN/01/2009 1/10 0:10:31 Photo Date Play <Date View> iSCENE View 6.Recorded files will be sorted by the recorded date in thumbnails. recorded date. 4.

The selected video will be played." 2. Select an option by pressing the Control button ( / ) and then press the OK button. English_71 . on-screen display Normal View Play Option Play All Play One Repeat All Exit "Repeat One" The selected video will be played repeatedly. All videos will be played repeatedly.PLAY OPTION You can set a specific playback style according to your preference. Press the MENU button Control button ( / ) to select "Play Option. item "Play All" "Play One" "Repeat All" contents Plays back from the selected video to the last video. 1.

Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. Normal View 0:00:55 1/10 "Select Files" Photo Normal View Move Play "All Files" 6. activate the image protection. select the desired videos (or photos) to delete by pressing the OK button. item contents Deletes individual selected videos (or photos). page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media.Pressing the OK button toggles the selection and release. If the write protection tab on a memory card is set to lock. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. 3.playback options DELETE You can erase your recordings one by one. . insert a memory card. select the desired item with the Control buttons ( / ) and the OK button. The protect ( page 73 You must release the protect function to delete the image. The pop-up selection menu will appear depending on the selected menu item. Press the MENU button Control button ( / ) to select "Delete. Select an option by pressing the Control button ( / ) and then press the OK button. • • • • • • Note that removing the battery pack or disconnecting the AC power adaptor while you delete files may damage the storage media.To delete individual videos (or photos). In this case. Delete Select Files All Files Exit Delete 0:00:55 1/10 Delete Move Cancel 72_English . or all at once." 5. page 38 You can also format the storage media to delete all the images at once. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. 1. page 73 ) indicator will blink if you try to delete an image that was previously protected. To protect important images from accidental deletion. 4. . you cannot delete. (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card.) 2. Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen. Be aware that all files and data including protected files will be erased. Deletes all videos (or photos).The indicator ( ) is displayed on the selected videos (or photos). . then press the MENU button to delete.

The indicator ( ) is displayed on the selected videos (or photos). 3. select the desired videos (or photos) by pressing the OK button. select the desired item with the Control buttons ( / ) and the OK button. 1. Protect Move Cancel English_73 . • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. item Normal View 0:00:55 1/10 Photo Normal View Move Play Protect Select Files All On All Off Exit Protect 0:00:55 1/10 6. The pop-up selection menu will appear depending on the selected menu item. If the write protection tab on a memory card is set to lock. insert a memory card. (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card. "All Off" Cancels the protection for all videos (or photos). Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen.PROTECT • • You can protect saved important videos (or photos) from accidental deletion. "All On" Protects all videos (or photos)." 5. . • • Protected videos (or photos) will show the indicator ( ) when they are displayed. page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media. Select an option by pressing the Control button ( / ) and then press the OK button. Protected images will not be deleted unless you release the protection or format the memory. contents Protects selected videos (or photos) from deletion . Press the MENU button Control button ( / ) to select "Protect. 4.Pressing the OK button toggles the selection between protection and release. In this case. .) 2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. then press the MENU "Select Files" button to confirm. you cannot set image protection.To protect individual videos (or photos). Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.

. Photo Normal View Move Play 6. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever.To copy individual videos (or photos). 5. . it copies to a memory card. For example. use the AC adaptor while copying to prevent power disconnection. insert a memory card. 4. copying may not be possible. • contents Copies the individual videos (or photos). select the desired videos (or photos) by pressing the OK button. The pop-up selection menu will appear depending on the selected menu item. page 23 Set the appropriate storage media. Press the MENU button Control button ( / ) to select "Copy. Note that removing the battery pack or disconnecting the AC power adaptor while you copy files may damage the storage media. Follow the same instructions to copy video clips (or photos) from a memory card to the built-in memory. • Images are copied in another storage media. Copy Select Files All Files Exit Copy 0:00:55 1/10 Copy Move Cancel 74_English . Delete unnecessary images. page 72 Copied videos (or photos) have no protection even if the original is set to be protected. If available. "All Files" Copies all the videos (or photos). item Normal View 0:00:55 1/10 1. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.Pressing the OK button toggles between selecting and releasing the copy function. you cannot perform the "Copy" function. select the storage media that contains the desired videos (or photos) to be copied. If free space available on the storage is insufficient.) Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. if the built-in memory was used. Copying may take a while depending on the number of files and file size. Select the Video or Photo thumbnail index view screen.playback options COPY (SMX-K44/K45 ONLY) • • Images are copied to the destination storage while original images are left in the source storage. • • • • • • • If a memory card is not inserted.The indicator ( ) is displayed on the selected videos (or photos). 3. In this case." Select an option by pressing the Control button ( / ) and then press the OK button. "Select . Before using this function. Copying may not operate if the battery charge is insufficient. then press Files" the MENU button to confirm. 2. (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card. select the desired item with the Control buttons ( / ) and the OK button. It copies from the currently used memory to another.

press the VIEW button. page 30 Exit Story-Board Print English_75 . • 16 i-Frame images appear on the LCD screen. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. Pressing the ( ) button in STBY mode or full image display mode functions the same as the Display ( ) button. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. page 50 • page 76 Normal View 0:00:55 1/10 Photo Move Play • If the recorded video is not at least 8 seconds long. press the PHOTO button. Then you can find the saved storyboard image in the photo play mode. and compose the preview of storyboard to be printed. 3. (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card. insert a memory card. Select the Video thumbnail index view screen.) This function is available only in the video thumbnail index view screen.) 2. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media.USING VIEW This function provides a preview of the 16 image storyboard from a selected video to be printed. • If you want to save the storyboard image on the storage media. 1. Use the Control button ( / / / ) to select the desired video. (The recorded video must be at least 8 seconds long in order to display all 16 images. • The images from the selected video are selected arbitrarily. less than 16 Storyboard images will be displayed. 4.

3. The saved storyboard can be found in the storage media’s DCIM folder. 6.playback options STORY-BOARD PRINT This function captures 16 still images arbitrarily from the selected video and saves them into the storage media.Recorded video is too short (To extract 16 i-Frame thumbnails from a movie. 1. it will display the entire image. and compose a storyboard of 16 images. It presents a quick overview of your video. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. you can preview storyboard images to be printed. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. Using the VIEW button. helping you to understand the overall topic. and then press the OK button. its recorded time should be longer than 8 seconds. it may not display the entire image on the LCD screen.) 76_English . page 109 • • • Normal View 0:59:59 1/10 Photo Move Play Normal View Story-Board Print Select File Exit Story-Board Print 0:59:59 1/10 Exit Move Select Storyboard images are displayed in 4:3 aspect ratio. insert a memory card. On a computer. page 75 The storyboard printing may not show all 16 i-Frame thumbnails in following case: . using a computer. Press the MENU button Control button ( / /OK) to select "Story-Board Print" "Select File. • A message appears asking for your confirmation. page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card. Select "Yes.) 2. 4." 5. Hence. Use the Control button ( / / / ) to select the desired videos." • The printed storyboard image files appear on the LCD screen for about 3 seconds. Select the Video thumbnail index view screen. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. • Images to be captured are selected arbitrarily.

Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media. (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card. Select "Yes. insert a memory card. /OK)." • If you want to delete an unwanted section of a video clip. and then delete the image (section) you no longer need. 8. 3. 4. Select a desired video clip using the Control button ( • The selected video clip will be paused." 5. Divide Play Frame English_77 . Press the MODE button to select the Play mode.EDIT (DIVIDE) You can divide a video clip as many times as you want in order to delete a section you no longer need. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. page 79 • The second image of the divided image will be displayed at the end of the thumbnail index. The videos will be divided in groups of two. Select the Video thumbnail index view screen. Press the MENU button Control button ( / /OK) to select "Edit" / / / / "Divide. After dividing the video clip. Search the point of division by pressing the Control button ( 7. Exit Move 0:00:27/0:00:55 100-0001 Divide Select Normal View Edit Divide Combine Exit Divide 0:00:55 1/10 6. you can also combine other desired videos. divide the video first. /OK). 1.) 2. • A message appears asking for your confirmation. Press the MENU button to pause at the point of division.

After deleting first image. After image is divided at 30 second point. .playback options Example: You can divide a video clip into two in order to delete a section you no longer need.If the remaining section of the storage media space is less than approx. • • • The Divide function is not available in the following conditions: . You must first release the protect function to delete it. . .Videos recorded or edited by other devices. 78_English . 1. 0~60 seconds 0~30 seconds 31~60 seconds 0~30 seconds • One video clip is divided into two video clips.If the total recorded time of the video is less than 6 seconds. 40MB.5 seconds.If you trying to divide sections without leaving 3 seconds at the beginning and the end. page 73 The division point may drift before or after the designated point by approximately 0.Videos transferred to this camcorder by using Samsung Intelli-studio. You can not delete a protected image. 3. . Before dividing 2.

A maximum of 2 video clips can be combined at a time. .Videos recorded or edited by other devices. You cannot combine protected images. (4:3 vs 16:9 wide) . (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card. You must first release the protect function to paste it. insert a memory card.The video file recorded in the Time Lapse REC mode and normal record file cannot be combined. 5. Exit Combine 0:01:03 1 6/10 2 6.8GB . if you combine a video clip of "TV Super Fine" with another video clip of "TV Fine". Press the MENU button Control button ( / /OK) to select “Edit” “Combine.EDIT (COMBINE) You can combine two different video clips.If you combine videos having the same resolution but different qualities. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. Combine Normal View 0:01:58 Move Cancel 2/9 • • • • The combine function is not available in the following conditions: Move Play Photo . Select the Video thumbnail index view screen. 1. Press the MENU button. • Normal View Edit Divide Combine 2. Select "Yes. 1.) .Videos in different resolution formats (TV Super Fine/TV Fine/TV Normal vs Web Fine/Web Normal) cannot be combined. . then the combined video will be in "TV Fine" resolution and quality. English_79 .If the total size of the two files to be combined exceeds approx. which has the same resolution.Videos transferred to this camcorder by using Samsung Intelli-studio. • A message appears asking for your confirmation. page 73 The original video clips will not be preserved." • The two video clips are combined in the selected order and restored as one video clip. 3.” Select a desired video clip using the Control button ( / / / /OK). • The ( ) indicator is displayed on the selected video clips.If the remaining section of the storage media space is less than approx.) Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. (For example.Videos in different aspect ratio cannot be combined. 40MB. • Selecting the video thumbnail image toggles between the video thumbnail image being selected for combining (the ( ) indicator appears on image) or not (the ( ) indicator is removed from image). the combined video will have the lower image quality for playback. 7. • The thumbnail of the first video clip will appear in the combined video clip. This function is available only in the thumbnail index view screen. 4. . . page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.

100-0001 80_English .playback options SLIDE SHOW You can playback all the photos stored in the storage media automatically. When a slide show begins. • The ( ) indicator is displayed. You can adjust the background music’s volume level using the Control button ( / ) while in a slide show with music. press the OK button again. it plays background music in arbitrary order. • You can simply switch between video and photo thumbnail view using the zoom lever. insert a memory card. page 23 • Set the appropriate storage media." Control button ( / ) to select "Slide Show" Video Move Full View Normal View 100-0001 1/10 Normal View Slide Show Start 5. Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. Press the OK button. 4. • To end the slide show. The Slide Show will start from the current image. Press the MENU button "Start. (SMX-K44/K45 only) page 36 (If you want to playback images on a memory card.) 2. 3. 1. Select the Photo thumbnail index view screen. • • Exit 1/10 5 background music files are stored in the camcorder by default. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically.

the slideshow will play back with "Music" background music. (1 sec or 3 sec) If the "Effect" is set to "On". If the "Music" is set to "On". Normal View Slide Show Option Interval Effect Music Exit : 1Sec : Off : On FILE INFO You can see the image information for all images.Size . Exit File Info 100VIDEO SDV_0001. • The information of the selected file is displayed as shown below.6MB Resolution : TV Fine Exit OK English_81 .Resolution • Press the MENU button again after confirming.) 3. The Slide Show will start with selected item.SLIDE SHOW OPTION You can enjoy a slide show with various effects. • To end the slide show. 1. Press the MENU button "Select File." Control button ( / /OK) to select "File Info" Normal View File Info Select File 2.MP4 Date Duration Size : JAN/01/2009 : 00:00:55 : 22." 2. Select a desired video clip using the Control button ( / / / /OK).Date . Select an option by pressing the Control button ( / / / ) and then press the OK button. item contents "Interval" Set the slideshow’s image transition interval. (The background music is selected randomly from 5 sample music files stored.Duration . 1. . press the OK button again. the slideshow displays images "Effect" consecutively. Press the MENU button Control button ( / ) to select "Slide Show Option.

"Format". select the desired item with the Control buttons ( / ) and the OK button. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Settings Storage Info Format File No. • To return to the normal screen. OK button : Use it to select or confirm the menu. • The menu screen appears. Access the desired menu screen by following the steps below and change the various settings." • The menus in "Settings" mode will appear. MENU button : Use it to enter or exit the menu. Press the Control button ( / ) to select "Settings.) Button Tips a. 3. "Storage Info". Exit Select STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Settings Storage Info Format File No. Exit Move Select Series Reset 82_English . The pop-up selection menu will appear depending on the selected menu item. (If there is no storage media inserted. Open the LCD screen and then the camcorder is powered on automatically. Press MENU button. • Depending on the mode selected not all items will be selectable to be changed.settings options CHANGING THE MENU SETTINGS IN "SETTINGS" You can change the menu settings to customise your camcorder. Select the desired submenu and menu item with the Control buttons ( / / / ) and the OK button. In this case. etc. 1. Control button ( / / / ) : Use it to move up/down/left/right c. press the MENU button. page 23 2. 4. b. it cannot be selected and will be dimmed on the menu: "Storage Type (SMX-K44/K45 only)".

English_83 . You cannot select the grey menu items. OSD language and display settings of the camcorder. Settings menu items ( Items Storage Type * Storage Info Format File No.MENU ITEMS • You can setup the date/time. There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously in the menu. Items marked with ** are available only when the camcorder is supplied the power using the battery pack. Items marked with * are available only with SMX-K44/K45 models. Time Zone Date/Time Set Date Type Time Type Date/Time Display LCD Brightness LCD Color Auto LCD Off ** Menu Design Transparency Beep Sound Shutter Sound Auto Power Off ** Quick On STBY PC Software TV Display Default Set Version Language Demo Anynet+(HDMI-CEC) ) / ) Play mode (Thumbnail index screen) Video Photo Play mode (Full image display mode) Video Photo : Possible : Not possible Default values Memory Series Home 12Hr Off 0 0 On Misty White 0% On On 5 Min 5 Min On On English On On Page 84 84 85 85 86 88 88 88 89 89 89 90 90 90 91 91 91 92 93 93 93 93 93 94 94 Record ( mode • • • • These menu items and default values may be changed without notice.

For the desired information. settings "Memory" (SMX-K44/K45 only) Storage Info contents It shows you the memory information of the built-in memory. In the Storage Info display. scroll the screen using the Control ( / ) button. on-screen display If there is no storage media inserted. so you should select the desired storage media before starting recording or playback. Select a memory card as storage medium. used memory space and available memory space. Storage Info It shows you the storage information. you can check the used and available memory as well as the remaining recording time for each recording resolution. on-screen display None Exit Storage : Card • Used : 190MB • Free : 14. Move 84_English .settings options USING THE SETTINGS MENU ITEMS Storage Type (SMX-K44/K45 only) You can record videos (or photos) on the built-in memory or a memory card. You can view the storage media. it cannot be selected and will be dimmed on the menu. it cannot be selected and will be dimmed on the menu. It shows you the memory information of the inserted memory card. settings "Memory" "Card" contents Select the built-in memory for storage medium.6GB Move OK "Card" • • None Storage Info TV Super Fine TV Fine TV Normal Web Fine Web Normal Exit : : : : : 379Min 469Min 613Min 469Min 613Min OK If there is no storage media inserted. You can record or play back images on the built-in memory. You can record or play back images on a memory card.

English_85 . settings "Series" "Reset" contents Assigns file numbers in sequence even if a memory card is replaced with another one or after formatting. If there is no storage media inserted. Also. • • File No. settings "Memory" (SMX-K44/K45 only) "Card" • WARNING contents Formats the built-in memory. Then it will be dimmed on the menu. Formats a memory card.before using a new memory card . on-screen display None None When you set "File No." to "Series". File numbers are assigned to recorded files in the order they were recorded. as the recording medium may be corrupted if the battery becomes exhausted during formatting. Resets the file number to 0001 even after formatting. Do not format the storage media on a PC or other device. The file number is reset when a new folder is created. If the recording medium becomes corrupted. This is convenient when you want to manage your files on a PC. or after deleting all files.a memory card formatted/recorded on other devices . format it again.Format Use this function if you want to delete all files completely or to correct problems on the storage media. be sure to use the provided AC adapter. Make sure to format the storage media on this camcorder. each file is assigned with a different number so as to avoid duplicating file names. on-screen display None None • • • Do not remove the recording medium or perform any other operation (such as turning off the power) during formatting. deleting all files or inserting a new memory card.when this camcorder cannot read the memory card A memory card with the protection tab set to lock will not be formatted. it can not be selected. Format the memory card in the following cases: .

it allows you to use the local time without changing your hometown time setting. on-screen display None "Visit" Setting the clock to the local time ("Visit") You can easily set the clock to the local time zone when travelling. and then press the OK button. and then select your local area using the Control button ( / ). • When "Time Zone" : "Visit" is set. Lisbon Move Select Home Visit Home: Home 00:00] [ JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM Back OK STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 You can set the date and time in "Date/Time Set" from the "Settings" menu page 34 86_English . settings "Home" contents The clock will be used according to your setting on the "Date/Time Set" menu. page 89 STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Settings Format File No. Press the Control button ( / ) to select the "Time Zone" in Settings mode. • The Time Zone screen will be displayed. • The clock is set to the time zone of the place you are visiting. Select "Visit" with the Control button ( / / OK) . 1. When you visit a different time zone. 2. Select it when using this camcorder for the first time or when returning the clock to your hometown date/time setting. the icon ( ) will be displayed next to the date and time display.settings options Time Zone You can easily set the clock to the local time when using your camcorder while travelling. Press the OK button to confirm. • You can check the time difference between "Home" and "Visit. The clock will be adjusted in accordance with the time difference between the two locations. Time Zone Exit Visit London." 3.

. Beijing. Vancouver.Cities used to set the time zone Cities London. Pyongyang Time zone +00:00 +01:00 +02:00 +03:00 +03:30 +04:00 +04:30 +05:00 +05:30 +05:45 +06:00 +06:30 +07:00 +08:00 +09:00 Cities Adelaide Guam. Dallas. Midway Honolulu. Miami. Riyadh Teheran Abu Dhabi. Santiago Buenos Aires. English_87 . Brasilia. Brisbane Solomon Islands Wellington. Cape Verde The times are based on Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). Washington D. Singapore. Berlin. Phoenix. Fiji Samoa. Kathmandu Dacca Yangon Bangkok Hong Kong. Muscat Kabul Tashkent. Hawaii. Paris. Tokyo. New Delhi Almaty. Frankfurt Athens. Madrid. Helsinki. Sydney. Atlanta Time zone +09:30 +10:00 +11:00 +12:00 -11:00 -10:00 -09:00 -08:00 -07:00 -06:00 -05:00 -04:00 -03:00 -02:00 -01:00 Caracas. Tahiti Alaska LA. Seattle Denver.C. Sao Paulo Fernando de Noronha Azores. Manila Seoul. Montreal. Houston. Taipei. Ankara Moskva. Karachi Calcutta. Cairo. San Francisco. Lisbon Rome. Stockholm. Salt Lake City Chicago. Mexico City New York.

settings 2009/01/01 JAN/01/2009 01/JAN/2009 01/01/2009 contents Displays the date in the order of year. The time is displayed in 24 hour units. Displays the date in the order of day. day and year. 88_English . Time Type You can select the time format to display. month (two-digit) and year. Displays the date in the order of day. on-screen display 12:00 AM 00:00 This function depends on the “Date/Time Display” setting. month and year.settings options Date/Time Set Set the current date and time so they can be recorded correctly. Displays the date in the order of month. month (two-digit) and day. page 34 Date Type You can select the desired date type. settings 12 Hr 24 Hr contents The time is displayed in 12 hour units. on-screen display 2009/01/01 JAN/01/2009 01/JAN/2009 01/01/2009 This function depends on the “Date/Time Display” setting.

• Before you use the “Date/Time Display” function. • • • • A brighter LCD screen setting consumes more battery power. Pressing the Control button ( ) will brighten the screen whereas pressing the Control button ( ) will darken the screen. the higher the figures.Date/Time Display You can set the date and time to display on the LCD screen. This function depends on the “Date Type” and “Time Type” setting. it is hard to see the monitor indoors. Displays the current date. using the Control button ( / / / / OK). When you set red and blue color range. You can adjust the LCD color (red/blue) from -15 to 15. settings Off Date Time Date & Time • • contents Current date and time information is not displayed. page 34 on-screen display None JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM The date/time will read “JAN/01/2009 12:00 AM” in the following conditions: . LCD Brightness • • You can adjust the brightness of the LCD screen to compensate for ambient lighting conditions. The LCD Brightness feature does not affect the brightness of images to be stored. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 LCD Brightness 0 Exit Adjust OK LCD Color • • • You can change the color impression of the screen with a variety of color options by adjusting the red and blue color range. you must set the date and time. You can adjust the LCD Brightness from -15 to 15. Higher the value will produce brighter LCD screen when adjusting color range of red and blue. If you adjust the LCD brightness when the ambient lighting is too bright. Displays the current time. the brighter the LCD screen will be. Exit Move OK English_89 .The built-in rechargeable battery becomes weak or dead. • • • STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] 9999 LCD Color Red Blue 0 0 You can manipulate the color displayed on the LCD screen by adjusting the color ratio of red and blue. Adjusting the color display of LCD screen does not affect the image to be recorded. Displays the current date and time.

on-screen settings contents display "Off" Disables the function None When the camcorder is idle for more than 2 minutes in STBY mode. STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Settings Auto LCD Off Menu Design Transparency Exit 0% 20% 40% Move Select <Transparency 0%> 90_English <Transparency 60%> . Auto LCD Off will be disabled in the following cases: .If the DC power cable (AC power adaptor. • • When this “Auto LCD Off” function is enabled. • "Misty White" "Premium Black " Transparency You can select the desired transparency to display the menu. you can press any button on the camcorder to return LCD brightness to normal. USB cable) is connected Menu Design You can select the desired menu design. the brightness of the LCD screen is automatically dimmed if the camcorder is idle for more than 2 minutes. • "0%" "20% " "40%" "60%" The setting value is applied to the menu screen of Record mode only. the power saving mode starts by dimming the LCD None screen. or for more than "On" 5 minutes when recording a video.settings options Auto LCD Off To reduce power consumption.

During recording. None "On" The Beep sound function is canceled in the following cases: .If the DC power cable (AC power adaptor. on-screen display None None • Auto Power Off will be disabled in the following cases: .Beep Sound You can set the beep sound to on/off. English_91 . the camcorder will automatically turn power off if there is no operation for 5 minutes in STBY mode or in thumbnail index view. the setting is turned on. you can set the "Auto Power Off" function which turns off the camcorder if there is no operation for a certain period of time. USB cable) is connected . on-screen settings contents display "Off" Disables the function None When on. settings "Off" "5 Min" • contents The camcorder does not turn off automatically.When the camcorder has a cable connection.While the "Demo" function is running . (AV cable or mini HDMI cable) Shutter Sound You can turn the shutter sound on or off. If there is a beep sound when operating the menu settings. contents on-screen display None None Auto Power Off To save battery power. settings "Off" "On" Disables the function When on.While the "Quick On STBY" function is running (Record mode) Press the Power ( ) button to restart the camcorder. For power saving purpose.During recording. playing . a beep will sound every time a button is pressed. playing (Pause excluded). the shutter will sound with each press of the PHOTO button. or a slideshow .

In the standby mode. In the standby mode. . Once you are ready to record again. however. and then the camcorder turns off after 10 minutes. closing the LCD screen will soon execute the Quick On STBY mode. In the standby mode. 92_English . closing the LCD screen will soon execute the Quick On STBY mode. this function enables the camcorder to come on quickly from the power saving mode.When operating the buttons on the camcorder. on-screen display None None None None Turning off the camcorder after use is always recommended to reduce the energy consumption. closing the LCD screen will commence the Quick On STBY mode to reduce energy consumption. and then the camcorder turns off after 20 minutes. In standby mode. In the Quick On STBY mode. you can effectively use the Quick On STBY function for the frequent shooting conditions in the specified time schedule. and then the camcorder turns off after 5 minutes. The Quick On STBY mode is not available in the following conditions: .When the LCD screen is open. closing the LCD screen turns off the camcorder.settings options Quick On STBY When you are going to record frequently for an extended time. closing the LCD screen will soon execute the Quick On STBY mode. “Auto Power Off: 5 Min” setting is disabled.When a video cable (HDMI. settings "Off" "5 Min" "10 Min" "20 Min" • • • • contents In the standby mode. use the Quick On STBY function. AV) or the USB cable is connected to the camcorder. . The mode indicator keeps blinking in the Quick On STBY mode.

TV Display You can select the output path of the OSD (On Screen Display). set "Time Zone" and "Date/Time Set. You can download the stored videos and photos stored on the camcorder to your PC’s hard disk. 22:10:46 MICOM 1." page 34 Version Version The version information may be changed without notice for improvement. (Connecting to a TV page 98) contents on-screen display None None Default Set You can initialise your camcorder settings to the factory defaults (initial settings at the factory). Samsung Electronics Co. Editing video/photo files is also available using the PC software. Jul 7 2009. settings "Off" "On" The OSD appears in the LCD screen only. S/W 1. After resetting the camcorder.. LTD.00.00. The OSD appears in the LCD screen and TV. JUL 7 2009 Language You can select a desired language to display the menu and messages. you can simply use the PC software by connecting the USB cable between the camcorder and your PC. page 100 contents on-screen display None None The PC Software is compatible with the Windows OS only. settings "Off" "On" Disables the function You can simply use the PC software by connecting the USB cable between the camcorder and your PC. Initialising the camcorder settings to factory defaults does not affect recorded images. page 35 Exit OK English_93 .PC Software If you set PC Software to on.

PHOTO. etc. set “Demo” to “Off”. The Demo function does not operate in the following cases: . EASY Q.If “Auto Power Off” is set to “5 Min”(uses the battery as main power). Anynet+ is an AV network system that enables you to control all connected Samsung AV devices with an Anynet+ supported Samsung TV remote control.” For details on the Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) function. the camcorder will enter the Demo mode automatically after 5 minutes in STBY mode if it is idle for 5 minutes without operation.settings options Demo Demonstration automatically shows you the major features that are included with your camcorder so that you may use them more easily. If you do not want to use this Anynet+ function. set the “Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)” to “Off. settings "Off" "On" Disables the function Activates demonstration mode and shows various features on the LCD screen. the Auto Power Off function will turn the camcorder off before Demo can run. contents on-screen display None None Using the Demo function • The Demo mode is canceled in the following cases: . settings "Off" "On" • contents Disables the function The Anynet+ function is enabled. 94_English .If any button is operated (Recording start/stop.) However. the TV (Anynet+ supported) is automatically turned on. refer to the user manual of Samsung’s Anynet+ supported TV. Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC) This camcorder supports Anynet+. on-screen display None None • When you turn on the camcorder that is connected to an Anynet+ supporting TV with an HDMI cable. If you don’t want the Demo function to start.

• When connecting a cable. Turn on the camcorder and connect a Mini HDMI cable to the HDMI jack on your TV. • Refer to the TV’s instruction manual to see how to select the TV input. The connection methods and quality of the image viewed on the TV screen differ depending on what type of TV is connected. Set the HD OUTPUT switch on the side of your camcorder to “ON”. Turn on your TV and set the TV’s input selector to the Input your camcorder is connected to. This connection is used when upconverting SD quality recorded images to HD for playback on an HDTV. For more information about the connectors and the connection methods.connecting to other devices You can enjoy viewing your video recorded in SD in HD quality by setting the HD OUTPUT switch on the side of your camcorder to “ON”. and the connectors used. When playing back SD-quality (720x480/60i) videos on a HDTV. 3. Connecting to a high definition TV HDTV Camcorder ON OFF HDMI Signal flow Mini HDMI cable 1. refer to your TV's user manual. This camcorder supports HDMI output to deliver highdefinition video transfer. the images are upconverted to 1280x720/60p or 1920x1080/60p. English_95 . 2. Select the HDMI jack on your TV. the connected device may not be recognized if the camcorder is turned off. CONNECTING TO A TV • • You can view the recorded videos and photos on a large screen by connecting the camcorder to an HDTV or normal TV. • Setting the HD OUTPUT switch to “OFF” displays the movie in its original quality. To playback high quality videos from your camcorder. check if your TV set supports the “1920x1080p” or "1280x720p" resolutions.

You can use the Anynet + function if the camcorder is connected with an HDMI cable to an Anynet+ supported TV. For more information. If the camcorder is connected with other HDMI cables. 96_English . set “Anynet+ (HDMI-CEC)” to “Off. refer to the Anynet+ supported TV’s user manual.connecting to other devices What is Anynet+ function? You can use the same remote control for devices that support the Anynet + function. If you don’t want this function. <A-type HDMI cable> <C-type to A-type HDMI cable> • • • The HDMI jack on the camcorder is provided for output usage only.3 cable when connecting to the HDMI jack of this camcorder. The HDMI jack on your camcorder is used only for output. turning on the camcorder may turn the TV's power on.” page 94 Use only the HDMI 1. Understanding the HDMI cable: HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) is a compact audio/video interface for transmitting uncompressed digital data. If the Anynet+ supported TV is connected with the camcorder. the screen display may not work. Only a C-type to A-type HDMI cable can be used with this camcorder.

Do not use excessive force when connecting the cables. 2. Carefully connect the input and output cables to the corresponding connections on the device the camcorder is being used with. use the white plug (audio L) on the audio cable. Turn on your TV and set the TV’s input selector to the Input your camcorder is connected to. It is recommended to use the AC power adaptor as the power source. Before connecting. • Refer to the TV’s instruction manual to see how to select the TV input. • • • • • If only a mono audio input is available on the TV set. Connect the provided Audio/Video cable to the Audio/Video cable to the TV.Connecting to a normal (standard definition) TV (4:3) Camcorder Normal TV Signal flow R AUDIO L Audio/Video cable VIDEO Use the provided Audio/Video cable to connect the camcorder to a TV as follows: 1. make sure that the volume on the TV is turned down: forgetting this may cause feedback from the TV speakers. Stereo Type AUDIO R L VIDEO Monaural Type AUDIO VIDEO White Red White Yellow Yellow English_97 .

98_English .connecting to other devices VIEWING ON A TV SCREEN You can enjoy widescreen recordings on an HDTV (or a regular TV). you can use the same remote control for both devices if connected with HDMI cable to the Anynet+ support TV. page 94 • • • • Adjust the volume to a moderate level. • Refer to your TV's instruction manual to see how to set the input selector on your TV. your videos will play back in 16:9 mode. then connect the camcorder to an HDTV via HDMI. page 93 You will only hear audio from the camcorder on your TV in Video playback mode. the TV screen will not display the camcorder's OSD (On Screen Display) menus. If you record videos in 4:3 mode. If the volume is too high. If the “TV Display” is set “Off”. • Press the MODE button to select the Play mode. Select the playback mode on your camcorder and start to playback videos. Icon LCD TV 16:9 4:3 Image display depending on LCD and TV screen ratio Video 16:9 Photo Subject 4:3 Refer to page 56 for the "16:9 Wide" setting. the video information may include noise. 2. page 23 • This camcorder supports the Anynet+ function. Turn on the TV and set the input selector to the input connection the camcorder is connected to. therefore. 1.

• If your recording device has an input selector. To hide the screen indicators (such as a counter. You cannot dub to a recorder with an HDMI cable. Connect your camcorder to the recording device (VCRs or DVD/HDD recorders) with the supplied AV cable. set it to the input mode. • Refer to the instruction manuals supplied with your recording device for details.) on the screen of the monitor device connected. set “TV Display: Off. 4. Insert the recording media in the recording device. 3.RECORDING (DUBBING) IMAGES ON A VCR OR DVD/HDD RECORDER You can record (dub) images played back on this camcorder onto other video devices. stop the recording device. 5. page 46 2. All the recorded videos will be dubbed with SD (standard definition) image quality. then start playback on your camcorder. Turn on the camcorder and press the MODE button to select the Play mode. Since dubbing is performed via analog data transfer. • • • • • Videos recorded on this camcorder can be dubbed by connecting with the supplied composite/AV cable. When dubbing is finished. such as VCRs or DVD/HDD recorders. Start recording on the recording device. the image quality may deteriorate.” page 89 To record the date/time. display it on the LCD screen. Use the Audio/Video cable (provided) to connect the camcorder to another video device as shown in the following figure: Camcorder VCRs or DVD/ HDD recorders Signal flow Red R AUDIO L White Audio/Video cable Yellow VIDEO 1. page 104 English_99 . and then your camcorder. etc.

• The built-in editing software Intelli-studio. page 93 Play back or edit your recordings on the computer using the built-in Intelli-studio application. (When you specify “PC Software: On”). ‘Intelli-studio’. 1 2 100_English . Then. take the steps below according to your computer type. is not Macintosh compliant. you need to check your computer type first.using with a Windows computer CHECKING YOUR COMPUTER TYPE This chapter explains how to connect the camcorder to a computer using the USB cable. runs on the PC automatically once the camcorder is connected to a Windows computer. page 105 Using with Macintosh • The built-in software on your camcorder. Check your computer type before using!!! To view your recordings on a computer. Using with Windows Connect your camcorder to the computer using the USB cable. page 102 You can also upload your recordings to YouTube or other web sites using Intelli-studio.

When the version of DirectX on your computer is lower than 9. ‘Intelli-studio’ on your camcorder.0 or higher System requirements mentioned above are recommendations. 32-bit color recommended) USB 2.0 or higher.Editing recorded videos or photos. Even on a system that meets the requirements.WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH A WINDOWS COMPUTER You can enjoy the following operations by connecting your camcorder to your Windows computer by using a USB cable. video playback may skip frames or operate unexpectedly. you can enjoy the following operations: . On a slower computer than recommended.Uploading the recorded videos and photos to YouTube or Flickr. page 105 • You can transfer or copy the files (videos and photos) saved on the storage media to your computer.0 GHz or higher AMD Athlon FX™ 3. page 104 . English_101 .0 support DirectX 9. etc. operations may not be ensured depending on the system.0 GHz or higher 512 MB (1 GB or higher recommended) nVIDIA Geforce 7600GT or higher AMD(ATI) Radeon X1600 series or higher 1024 x 768.Playing back recorded videos or photos. install the program in version 9. Main Functions • By using the built-in editing software.0. 16-bit color or higher (1280 x 1024. page 104 . (Mass storage function) page 108 System Requirements The following requirements must be met for using the built-in editing software (Intelli-studio): Items OS (Operating System) CPU RAM Video Card Display USB Direct X • • • System Requirements Microsoft windows Vista or XP Intel® Pentium®4 3.

make sure to disconnect the cable in the following way: 1. if you have EmoDio (Samsung's MP3 player software) installed on your computer. Starting the Intelli-studio program Step 1. Connect the camcorder and the PC with the USB cable. the uploading procedure will start. The Intelli-studio offers the most convenient way for you to manage video/photo files by using the simple USB cable connection between the camcorder and your PC. Click on the “Safely Remove Hardware icon” icon on the taskbar. Connecting the USB cable 1. • If you do not want to save a new file. Set the menu setting to “PC Software: On”. you can transfer video/photo files onto your PC and edit them on your computer. If the “Stop a Hardware device” window appears. If this occurs. In this case.” STBY 0:00:00 [475Min] Settings PC Software TV Display Default Set Exit Move Select Off On : : Disconnecting the USB cable After completing the data transfer. click “OK. • According to your computer type. Select “USB Mass Storage Device”. • A new file saving screen appears with the Intelli-studio main window. page 93 • You will find the default menu settings are set as shown at right. We recommend using the AC power adaptor as power supply instead of the battery pack. If you disconnect the USB cable from the PC or the camcorder while transferring data. Click “Yes”. the corresponding removable disk window appears. When the USB cable is connected. According to your computer type. turning the camcorder on or off may cause the PC to malfunction. Click “Yes” to confirm. select “No.exe. open the desired CD-ROM drive that has the Intelli-studio program in My Computer and run iStudio. Insert the USB after checking the correct direction of its insertion. 102_English . 3.” 4. 2. Disconnect the USB cable from the camcorder and PC. remove all USB devices from the PC and reconnect the camcorder. (Supplied by Samsung) Don’t apply excessive force when inserting or extracting the USB cable into/from a USB jack. • • • • • • • • • Use the provided USB cable. When a USB cable is connected. the Intelli-studio program may not run automatically.using with a Windows computer USING THE INTELLI-STUDIO PROGRAM Using the built-in Intelli-studio program in your camcorder. the camcorder may not work properly. 2. 3. the data transfer will stop and the data may be damaged. the EmoDio software may load first. If you connect the USB cable to a PC via a USB HUB or simultaneously connect the USB cable along with other USB devices. and then click “Stop”.

Sorts the files. Slide show of the photo files from the PC. Displays all files (videos and photos)/Displays video files only. Menu items 2. Switches to Share mode. 6. Moves the file(s) selected in the connected camcorder to the Share mode. Moves the file selected in the PC to the Edit mode. 4. Selects the connected camcorder or storage. English_103 . Slide show of the photo files from the connected camcorder. Changes the size of thumbnails. 13. 12. Moves the file(s) selected in the PC to the Share mode. 7. Playback of the video files from the PC. 9. About the Intelli-studio main window • When the Intelli-studio starts up. 8. Playback of the video files from the connected camcorder. Selects the Desktop or Favorite on the PC. 1. Saves the selected file to connected camcorder. 10. Displays photo files only. thumbnails of videos and photos are displayed in the main window. 11. 5. Saves new files to PC. Switches to Edit mode. 14. Switches to Library of the PC and connected camcorder. 3.Step 2. Imports folders from PC. Saves the selected file to PC.

ensure to use a copy of the desired file saved in My Computer before clicking on the “Edit” icon.) • To edit a file using the Intelli-studio. Step 4. 1. page 102 2. Run the Intelli-studio program. according to the selected source. Editing videos (or photos) With Intelli-studio. Select the video (or photo) that you want to play. Playing back videos (or photos) You can play back the recordings conveniently using the Intelli-studio application. Fine-Tuning. Transition Effect. you can edit videos or photos in various ways. Click the desired folder to display your recordings. (Movie Effect. and then double-click to play back. 104_English . • Video (or photo) thumbnails appear on the screen.using with a Windows computer Step 3. Insert Text etc. 3. • Playback starts and the playback controls appear.

” English_105 . • The selected file appears in the sharing window. For more information about the Intelli-studio use. Enter your ID and password to access. 3.Step 5. see the Help Guide by clicking the “Menu” “Help. select “Share” in the main Video window.” or the specified website you want to set for your uploading management. Sharing the video/photos online Share your contents with the world by uploading photos and videos directly to a web site with one click. 5. • A pop-up window appears asking for your ID and the password.” “Flickr. 1. Click “Upload to Share Site” to start uploading. 2. To do this. • Access to the web site contents can be limited depending on your web access environment. • You can choose “YouTube. 4. Click “Add” and move the video or photo (drag and drop) to the sharing window for upload. Click on the website you would like to upload files to.

it is automatically stored into an MP4 file that can be played back. Click on the ( ) icon to export the files to your camcorder. 3. TIFF Exporting the videos/photos to your camcorder. 2. the storing time may differ. BMP.Video formats: MP4 (Video: H. and you can see the files' location on the Intelli-studio browser. According to the resolution and type of the video. The following is the file format supportable in Intelli-studio: . Select the desired files to export. PNG. do not disconnect the USB cable. The following pop-up window appears. While transferring any file. GIF.using with a Windows computer Other functions with the Intelli-Studio Importing and viewing the video/photos from your PC 1.Photo formats: JPG. 3. The files are saved to your camcorder. However. Photos cannot be stored on the camcorder through Intelli-studio. The selected video or photo files are imported from your PC. Click on the “OK” to export files. • WARNING • • When storing a video through Intelli-studio. 1. WMV (WMV 7/8/9) . Audio: AAC). You can double-click on the file you would like to start playback. 4. Folders directory on your PC Imported Files “Import Folder” button. 4. It may cause damage to the camcorder or computer.264. Launch the Intelli-studio program by doubleclicking the program icon on the desktop screen or connect the camcorder to your PC. the only video file format supportable in Intelli-studio can be converted and stored in the camcorder. 106_English . 2. Click “Import Folder” to import the video or photo files from your PC.

• The Intelli-studio application can be installed on a Windows computer as follows: Click on “Menu” “Install Intelli-studio on PC. it will run faster after connecting the camcorder to your computer.Installing Intelli-studio application on a Windows computer • When the Intelli-studio application is installed on a Windows computer. Moreover.” in the Intelli-studio screen. 107_English English_107 . the application can be updated automatically and run directly on the Windows computer.

When the removable disk does not appear automatically. confirm the connection ( page 100) or repeat steps 1 and 3 again. • Different file types are stored in different folders. page 100 • The “Removable Disk” or “Samsung” window appears on the PC’s screen after a moment.” 4. • • • If the “Removable Disk” window does not appear.using with a Windows computer TRANSFERRING VIDEOS/PHOTOS FROM THE CAMCORDER TO YOUR COMPUTER You can transfer or copy recorded data to a Windows computer by connecting the USB cable to the camcorder. insert a memory card. • Select “Open folders to view files using Windows Explorer” and click “OK. your computer may be infected by an Autorun virus. Viewing the contents of storage media (built-in memory or memory card) 1. • The removable disk appears when connecting a USB. Check the storage media. Check the “PC Software: Off” setting. The folders in the storage media appear. If the connected camcorder’s disk drive does not open or the context menu that appears when right-clicking your mouse (open or browse) appears broken. Photos Videos 108_English . page 93 2. Be sure to update your antivirus software to the latest version. open the removable disk folder of My Computer. (If you have video or photos recorded on a memory card.) (SMX-K44/K45 only) 3. Connect the camcorder to the PC with the USB cable. Step 1.

A new folder stores files starting with SAM_0001.JPG. The maximum file number allowed is the same as in video clip files.MP4 when you edit videos using the PC software.MP4 1 Photos • • • • DCIM 100PHOTO SAM_0001. Don’t arbitrarily change or remove the folder or file name.999th file is created in the 999th folder (i.MP4 WEB_0005.MP4 is created in the 999 VIDEO folder). We don't recommend you modify the name of a file/folder stored in the storage media using a PC. The file extension is ". • • • When the 9. As with video clip files. this camcorder may not recognise the modified files. The SD-quality videos are named as “SDV_####.JPG SAM_0002.MP4 SDE_0004. The folder name increases in the order of 100PHOTO 101PHOTO etc.264) • • • • VIDEO 100VIDEO SDV_0001.MP4. the file number automatically increases when a new image file is created.MP4 WEB_0002. A new folder is created when more than 9. It may not be playable. SDV_9999. no more folders can be created. Photos • Photos are compressed in JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) format." Refer to page 55 for video resolution. English_109 . Up to 9. The file number automatically increases when a new video clip file is created.e.JPG 2 Image format Videos • • Videos are compressed in H. If you modify it.MP4” and Web videos are named as “WEB_####.999 files can be created in one folder. A new folder is created when more than 9. and then reset the file numbering from the menu. Up to 9.999 files are created. Videos (H." • Refer to page 55 for photo resolution.264 format.JPG. The file extension is ".MP4”.999 files are created.MP4 SDV_0003. You can use your camcorder as a storage device.999 files can be created in one folder.Structure of folders and files on the storage media • • The folder and file structure for built-in memory or memory card is as follows. The SD quality videos will be named as SDE_####. Backup your files to a PC and format the storage media.

Do not apply excessive force when cleaning. The suggestions below will help you fulfil any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many years. page 37 Cautions on Storing Do not leave the camcorder in a place where the temperature is very high for a long period of time: The temperature inside a closed vehicle or trunk can become very high in a hot season. Be careful not to damage the monitor. turn off the camcorder and remove the battery pack and AC power adaptor.Do not use benzene or thinner to clean the camcorder. • Detach the battery pack from the camcorder and store it in a cool place: Leaving the battery pack attached or storing it at high temperature could shorten its life. To clean the exterior . The coating of exterior could peel off or the case could deteriorate. etc. be sure to turn it off. • Cleaning the camcorder Before cleaning. gently rub the surface. page 16 .Wipe gently with a soft dry cloth.Remove a memory card. It is recommended that you put the camcorder in a box together with a desiccant packet to help protect it from humidity when storing it in a closet. • Do not store the camcorder in a place subject to strong magnetism or intense vibrations: This could cause malfunctions. For safekeeping of the camcorder.maintenance & additional information MAINTENANCE Your camcorder is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. If humidity is high. If you leave the camcorder in such a place. and the camcorder could become inoperative. it could malfunction or the case could be damaged. . • Do not store the camcorder in a place where the humidity or dust level is high: Dust entering the camcorder could cause a malfunction. • To clean the LCD monitor Wipe gently with a soft dry cloth.Remove the battery pack and AC power adaptor. Do not expose the camcorder to direct sunlight or place it near a heater. . the lens could become moldy. • 110_English .

While using the camcorder. or store the storage media in locations that are exposed to strong static electricity or electrical noise.Do not turn off the camcorder power or remove the battery or AC power adaptor during recording.Do not splash the storage media with water. They are not malfunctions. Do not wipe the lens with cloth or your fingers. • LCD screen To prevent damage to the LCD screen . playback. • English_111 . Samsung shall not be responsible for any lost data.Do not place the camcorder with LCD screen facing down. . jolts or vibrations.Do not store the storage media in locations with high temperature or high humidity.Do not bend or drop the storage media. . wipe gently with lens cleaning paper.Do not push it too hard or knock it on anything. or when otherwise accessing the storage media. . . Samsung will not provide any compensation for any lost contents. replace. . .Do not touch the metal parts.If you leave power on for a long time.Do not use. the surface around the LCD screen becomes hot. . or subject it to strong pressure. • Copy the recorded files to your PC. the surface around the LCD screen may heat up.Mold may form if the lens is left dirty.) • A malfunction may cause the storage media to fail to operate properly.• To clean the lens Use an optional air blower to blow out dirt and other small objects. • Refer to pages 38-39 for details. avoid rubbing it with a coarse cloth. • Be aware of the following phenomena for LCD screen use. .Do not bring the storage media near objects that have a strong magnetic field or that emit strong electromagnetic waves.If the lens looks dimmer. . . If necessary. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Storage media Be sure to follow the guidelines below to prevent corruption or damage of your recorded data. • To prolong service life. . (It is recommended that you copy the data from your PC to other media for storage. turn off the camcorder and leave it for about 1 hour. .

It is normal for the battery pack to be warm after charging.Storage: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) The lower the temperature. as this may cause the battery to overheat.Store in a cool.Do not modify or disassemble.Fully charge the battery pack at least every 6 months when storing the battery pack over a long period of time.Do not subject to unnecessary shock. . • • • It is recommended that only genuine Samsung batteries be used in this camcorder. Using generic non-Samsung batteries can cause damage to the internal charging circuitry. . while warmer temperatures can prevent complete charging. the longer recharging takes. . Extended exposure to high temperatures will increase natural discharge and shorten service life. This is a chemical reaction .Charge in an environment where temperatures are within the tolerances shown below.Charging: 50°F to 95°F (10°C to 35°C) .Operation: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) . dry place. or after use. Before using the supplied battery pack or an optional battery pack.Do not burn. carry the battery in a plastic bag. as these components may use current even when switched off.cooler temperatures impede chemical reaction.maintenance & additional information Battery packs The supplied battery pack is a lithium-ion battery. be sure to read the following cautions: • To avoid hazards .Do not expose the battery to temperatures exceeding 60°C (140°F). • To prevent damage and prolong service life . . explode or catch fire. Temperature range specifications . . .Do not short-circuit the terminals. When transporting. .Remove from your camcorder when not in use. 112_English .

if necessary. Libya. Saudi Arabia. Denmark. Bulgaria. Spain. Hungary. etc. NTSC-compatible countries/regions Bahamas. Use a commercially available AC plug adaptor. Czech Republic. Slovak Republic. On TV color systems Your camcorder is an NTSC-system-based camcorder. United States of America. Singapore. Romania. you may need to use a separate video format transcoder (NTSC-PAL format converter). Netherlands. Finland. Tunisia. Sweden. Taiwan. Germany. Switzerland. France. Hong Kong. check the following items. Otherwise. Great Britain. CIS. Power sources The provided AC adaptor enables you to use your camcorder in any country/region within the AC 100 V to 240 V. Egypt. Belgium. Austria. Iran. Thailand. Iraq. depending on the design of the wall outlet. Korea. Greece. Central America. China. Kuwait. You can make recordings with your camcorder and view pictures on the LCD screen from anywhere in the world. it must be an NTSC-system-based TV or an external device having the appropriate Audio/Video jacks. India. Canada.USING YOUR CAMCORDER ABROAD • • Each country or region has its own electric and color systems. Mauritius. If you want to view your recordings on a TV or to copy it to an external device. Syria. English_113 . etc. Philippines. Before using your camcorder abroad. PAL-compatible countries/regions Australia. Malaysia. Mexico. Japan. 50/60 Hz range. Norway.

.. Use the built-in memory. Use a memory card.. They may save you the time and expense of an unnecessary call. (SMX-K44/K45 only) • Back-up files to your PC or another storage media and delete files. • Card Full There is not enough space to record on a memory card. Back-up files to your PC or another storage media and delete files. • Action Delete unnecessary files on the built-in memory.. Storage media Message Memory Full (SMX-K44/K45 only) Insert Card Icon Informs that. • Change to another memory card which has enough free space.troubleshooting TROUBLESHOOTING Before contacting a Samsung authorized service center. There is no memory card inserted in the card slot. • There is not enough space to record on the built-in memory. 114_English . The battery pack is almost discharged. Insert a memory card. • Action Change to a charged one or use the AC power adaptor. Charge the battery pack. perform the following simple checks. Warning indicators and messages Power source Message Low Battery Icon Informs that. • Delete unnecessary files on a memory card.

• Change to a memory card that we recommended.Message Card Error Card Locked Not Supported Card Please format Not formatted. • Never turn off the power and eject memory card during recording. Icon Informs that. Please record a lower resolution. Recovering Data… - English_115 . • Release EASY Q function. Action • Format storage media using menus after backing-up important files to your PC or another storage media. • Change the memory card to a faster one.. • Format the memory card using menu item. • Record video at a lower resolution. The memory card has some problem and cannot be recognized. You cannot operate some functions manually when EASY Q is activated. page 38 - - Recording Message Write Error Release the EASY Q Icon Informs that. The memory card is not formatted. • The file format is not supported. The format of the file is not supported by this camcorder. The memory card is not supported in this camcorder.. • Wait until data recovery is finished. Format the Card? (Format the memory?) Low speed card. • Format the memory card using the menu. The file was not created normally... • Release the write protection tab. The write protection tab on an memory card has been set to lock. Some problems occured while writing data to storage media. The memory card does not have enough speed to record. Action • Format the memory card or replace it with a new one. Check the supported file.

• If these instructions do not solve your problem.When recording outdoors in hot weather after being indoors or inside a car where the air conditioner was running. the water vapor in the air turns into dew because of the temperature difference. Folder and files have reached capacity and you can not record. 116_English . • Depending on the problem. The Number of photo files is full. When this happens. Cannot copy photos...troubleshooting Playback Message Read Error The Number of video files is full. and it condensates like dew on the external or internal lenses of the camcorder and on the reflection lens. you temporarily may not use the record or play functions of the camcorder. . put the camcorder aside for a while before using • What is condensation? Condensation occurs when a camcorder is moved to a place where the temperature differs significantly from the previous place. Cannot copy videos. .When recording outdoors in cold weather during the winter and then using it in indoors. Set "File No. contact your nearest Samsung authorised service center. Some problems occurred during reading data from storage media. or when using it in a hot area suddenly. • When does condensation occur? When the device is relocated to a place with a higher temperature than the previous location. Format the storage media using the menu after backing up important files to your PC or another storage device. Be sure to back up the data on the camcorder to other storage media before sending your camcorder in for repair. the camcorder's built-in memory (SMX-K44/K45 only) may need to be initialized or replaced and the data will be deleted." to "Reset. In other words. it may cause a malfunction or damage to the camcorder when using the device with the power on while there is condensation." • - • - CAUTION When there is condensation. Samsung cannot guarantee any loss of your data. Also." to "Reset." Format storage media using the menu item after backing up important files to your PC or another storage device. Icon Informs that. Folder and files have reached their capacity and you cannot take a picture. • What can I do? Turn the power off and detach the battery pack. • Action Format storage media using menus after backing up important files to PC or another storage device. Set "File No. and leave it in a dry area for 1~2 hours before using it. Note before sending your camcorder for repair.

The camcorder does not turn on. The battery pack reached the end of its lifespan and cannot be recharged. contact the nearest Samsung authorized service center.If you encounter any problems using your camcorder. To disable this option. and reconnect the power supply to the camcorder before turning it on. • The inserted battery pack may be discharged. Insert a battery pack into the camcorder. Power cannot be turned off. make sure it is properly connected to the wall outlet." page 91 • The battery pack is almost discharged. The temperature is too low. the camcorder is automatically turned off ("Auto Power Off"). and reconnect the power supply to the camcorder before turning it on. English_117 . • Remove the battery pack or unplug the AC power adaptor. • If you use an AC power adaptor. • Use the AC power adaptor. The battery pack is not fully charged. Remove the battery pack or unplug the AC power adaptor. Charge the battery pack or replace it with a charged one. Symptoms and solutions Power Symptom • Explanation/Solution The battery pack may not be installed on your camcorder. The battery pack is quickly discharged. If these instructions do not solve your problem. Is "Auto Power Off" set to "5 Min"? If no button is pressed for about 5 minutes. • • • • • The power automatically turns off. change the setting of "Auto Power Off" to "Off. Recharge the battery pack. Charge the battery pack or replace it with a charged one. Use another battery pack. check the following before asking for a service repair.

the setting of "Demo" to "Off. change the LCD screen. Adjust the brightness and angle of the LCD. Use the LCD Enhancer function. Ambient light is too bright. • • 118_English . bottom or on the left/right. The after image remains on the LCD screen. Unknown image appears on • The camcorder is in Demo mode. pages 114~116 This occurs if you disconnect the AC power adaptor or remove the battery pack before turning the power off. see the display specification. If you do not want to see Demo images. or has stripes at the top/ or vice versa. • • A warning indicator or message appears on the screen." page 94 Unknown indicator appears on the screen. The image on the LCD screen looks dark.troubleshooting Displays Symptom Explanation/Solution The TV screen or LCD display has distorted images • It can occur when recording or viewing a 16:9-ratio image on a 4:3-ratio TV. For more details.

You cannot delete the images protected by another device. etc. Release the protection of the image on the device. (It is recommended that you copy the data to your PC or other storage media.Storage Media Symptom Memory card functions are not operable. English_119 . page 38 • You cannot format the memory card. The file format is not supported by your camcorder.). • • Explanation/Solution Insert a memory card into your camcorder properly. if the directory structure does not comply with the international standard.). Does not charge or operate even if the battery pack is inserted. if any. page 37 If you use a memory card formatted on a computer. etc. if any. page 38 • Copy all important recorded files to your PC before formatting. • Check whether you're using a Samsung battery pack. A non-Samsung battery pack may not be recognized properly by the camcorder. page 73 • Release the lock on the write-protect tab of the memory card (SDHC memory card. Samsung shall not be responsible for any loss of data. page 85 Image cannot be deleted. Release the lock on the write-protect tab of the memory card (SDHC memory card.) • • • • The data file name is not indicated correctly. The file may be corrupted. format it again directly on your camcorder. Only the file name is displayed.

• The internal temperature of your camcorder is unusually high. • Recording a fast-moving subject increases the bit rate and consequently the amount of storage space required for the recording. The estimated recording time may vary depending on contents and features used. Turn off your camcorder and leave it for a while in a cool place. • If you use a memory card with a low writing speed. • • Pressing the Recording start/ stop button does not start recording. • Your camcorder is damp and moist inside (condensation). which can lead to a shorter available recording time.troubleshooting Recording Symptom • • Explanation/Solution There is not enough free space to record on the the storage media. reformat the built-in memory. When recording a subject illuminated by bright light. Back up important files on your PC and format the storage media or delete the unnecessary files. • The camcorder is unable to record these levels of brightness. The actual recording time is less than the estimated time. • If you frequently record or delete files. Make sure the memory card is inserted and write-protect tab is set to unlock. 120_English . Turn off your camcorder and leave it for about 1 hour in a cool place. vertical lines appear. There is no more free space for recording on the storage media. In this case. the camcorder automatically stops recording the videos and the corresponding message appears on the LCD screen. the performance of the built-in memory The recording stops automatically. will deteriorate.

During recording. Turn off your camcorder and leave it for a while in a cool place. the screen turns red or black for an instant. You cannot record a photo image. • Your camcorder is damp and moist inside (condensation). Turn off your camcorder and leave it for about 1 hour in a cool place.Recording Symptom Explanation/Solution When the screen is exposed to direct sunlight during recording. the date/time does not display. Use a new memory card or format the storage media. The storage media is full. • Do not leave the camcorder with the LCD screen exposed to direct sunlight. there may be a slight time delay between the point the point where you press the Recording start/stop button and when you press Recording start/stop button and the actual point where the point where the recorded video the recorded video starts/stops. This is not an error. page 72 English_121 . page 85 Or remove unnecessary images. the beep sound will automatically turn off. Set your camcorder to Record mode. page 23 Release the lock on the write-protection tab of the memory card if set. page 89 The beep sound is not heard. There is a time difference between • On your camcorder. • • • • The recording stops. The internal temperature of your camcorder is unusually high. • • • • "Date/Time Display" to on. When the Audio/Video cable jack is connected to the camcorder." The beep sound is temporally off while recording videos. Set the "Beep Sound" to "On. starts/stops.

) Symptom You cannot view the image or hear the sound on the connected device. • Playback is interrupted unexpectedly. sodium lamp. Check out a memory card compatibility. Increase the brightness in the place. Cancel "iSCENE" to minimise these phenomena. Check if the AC adaptor or battery pack is properly connected and stable. • Explanation/Solution Press the MODE button to set Video Play mode. etc). Make sure that the Audio/ Video cable jack is connected to the proper jack. page 95 122_English . and turn it on again. Recording is being made in a dark place.right. wait for a few moments. etc. Adjust the focus manually. • • • • • Explanation/Solution Set "Focus" to "Auto. This occurs when recording images under a fluorescent lamp.troubleshooting Adjusting the image during recording Symptom Focus does not adjust automatically.left) The Audio/Video cable jack is not connected properly. (Red color. page 66 The Skip or Search function does not work properly. page 54 The image appears too bright or flickering. Playback on other devices (TV. • Photos stored on a storage media • are not displayed in the actual size. Image files recorded on another camcorder may not play on your camcorder. • You cannot hear sound when playing a Time Lapse recording. Photos recorded on other devices may not appear at actual size. or mercury lamp." page 61 The recording conditions are not suitable for auto focus. White color. page 38 If the temperature inside the camcorder is too high. This is not an error. it cannot function properly. Turn the camcorder off. The Time Lapse REC function does not support sound. Playback on your camcorder Symptom • Pressing the playback (Play/Pause) • button did not start playing. page 61 The lens is dusty on the surface. Clear the lens and check the focus. • • Explanation/Solution Connect the audio line of the Audio/Video cable jack to your camcorder and the connected device (TV. or changes in color. DVD recorder.

USB (USB2. • Make sure you insert the connector in the correct direction. Please copy the file to your PC. • Explanation/Solution Disconnect the USB cable from the computer and camcorder.exe. depending on the transfer speed. Set “PC Software” to “On” in the Settings menu. If a recorded video is played on your camcorder when it is connected to a computer. Install or run the built-in edit software (Intelli-studio). restart the computer. • Disconnect the cable from the computer and camcorder. a computer does not recognize your camcorder. • • • The playback screen is paused or distorted. the Intelli-studio program may not run automatically. • Your computer may not have the necessary performance specifications to playback a video file. English_123 .0). restart the computer. page 101 Exit all other applications running on the current computer. Intelli-studio is not Macintosh compliant. According to your computer type. A video codec is needed to play the file recorded on your camcorder.Connecting to a computer Symptom When using the videos. Cannot play a video file properly on a PC. camcorder is not played on • If your camcorder is connected to a computer that does not support Hi-speed your computer properly. The images and sound copied to your computer are not affected. Exit the Intelli-studio application. Check the recommended computer specifications. The image or sound on your The video or sound copied to your computer is not affected. then reconnect it correctly. and then play it back. and connect the USB cable to the USB jack on your camcorder firmly. Reconnect it properly. Check the system requirements to play a video. • • • • • Intelli-studio does not function properly. the images or sound may not be played back correctly. open the desired CD-ROM drive that has the Intelli-studio program in My Computer and run iStudio. In this case. the image may not play smoothly. and restart the Windows computer. • Video playback or sound may stop temporarily depending on your computer.

) Symptom You cannot dub correctly using the Audio/Video cable. DVD recorder. and reconnect the power supply to the camcorder before turning it on. • 124_English .troubleshooting Connecting/Dubbing with other devices (TV. • Explanation/Solution The Audio/Video cable is not connected properly. page 34 Remove the battery pack or unplug the AC power adaptor. i. page 95 General operations Symptom The date and time are incorrect. etc. to the input jack of the device used for dubbing an image from your camcorder. Make sure that the Audio/Video cable is connected to the proper jack. • Explanation/Solution Has the camcorder been left unused for a long period of time? The backup built-in rechargeable battery may be discharged. Pressing a button will not turn on or operate the computer.e.

"Storage Info".Nite". Web Normal" "Video Resolution : Web Fine. "Aperture : Manual" "C. The following list shows examples of unworkable combinations of functions and menu items. There are some functions you cannot activate simultaneously. If you want to set the desired functions.Nite". "Shutter Speed : Manual" "16:9 Wide : Off". Step printing" "Fader" "Shutter Speed : Manual" "Aperture : Manual" "Zoom Type : Intelli-Zoom" "Zoom Type : Digital Zoom" "16:9 Wide" English_125 .Nite" "iSCENE" "C. Mosaic. "Shutter Speed : Manual". Most of the menu items cannot be selected when you set the EASY Q function.Nite". "Video Resolution : Web Fine. If there is no storage media inserted.Menu Symptom • • • • Explanation/Solution You cannot select grayed items in the current recording/playback mode.Nite" <Because of the following setting> "C.Nite". "Digital Effect : Mirror. "Focus : Face Detection" "Digital Effect : Mirror.Nite". it cannot be selected and will be dimmed on the menu : "Storage Type". "Video Resolution : Web Normal. Step printing". Web Normal" Menu items are grayed out. "Aperture : Manual". "Format". Mosaic. Mosaic. etc. "Digital Effect : Mirror. Step printing". Web Fine" "C. Web Normal" "C. "iSCENE". <Cannot Use> "Back Light" "C. do not set the following items first. "16:9 Wide" "Time Lapse REC" "C. "Video Resolution : Web Fine.

LCD panel / TFT active matrix system Connectors Composite video out 1. 0.0 High Speed) General Power source 5.These technical specifications and design may be changed without notice. Web Normal (about 3.0V (p_p).0Mbps). 2.0Mbps).5dBm 47K . analog. 230k LCD screen method 1.1mm~109. TV Normal (about 3. 65x (Intelli).7V (Using Lithium Ion battery pack) Power source type Power supply (100V~240V) 50/60Hz.0Mbps). 126_English .84" (59mm x 65mm x 123mm) Weight Approx. stereo USB output mini USB-B type (USB2. Recording resolution Web Fine (about 4.6" interlaced scan.9. analog HDMI output C-type Audio output -7. Lithium Ion battery pack Power consumption 2. TV Fine (about 4.0Mbps) Image device CCD (Charge Coupled Device) (Max: 680K pixels) Lens F1.0V (Using AC adaptor).specifications Model Name: SMX-K40BN/SMX-K40SN/SMX-K40LN/SMX-K44BN/SMX-K44SN/SMX-K44LN SMX-K45BN/SMX-K45SN/SMX-K45LN System Video signal NTSC Picture compression format H. 2200x (Digital) Electronic zoom lens Focal Length 2.32" x 2. 3. 75 .0Mbps).7 inches wide.8 to 4.264/AVC Format Audio compression format AAC (Advanced Audio Coding) TV Super Fine (about 5.51Ibs (235g) (without battery pack or memory card) Internal MIC Omni-directional stereo microphone .55" x 4. 52x (Optical).2mm Filter diameter Ø39 LCD screen Size/dot number 2.2W (LCD on) Operating temperature 32˚F~104˚F (0˚~40˚C) Operating humidity 10% ~80% Storage temperature -4˚F ~ 140˚F (-20˚C ~ 60˚C) Dimensions (W x H x D) Approx.

Some States do not allow the exclusions or limitations of incidental or consequential damages. Customer adjustments which are explained in the instruction manual are not covered under the terms of this warranty. incorrect line voltage. improper installation. transportation to and from the service center is the customer’s responsibility. so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights. improper or unauthorized repairs. misuse. EXCLUSIONS (WHAT IS NOT COVERED) This warranty does not cover damage due to accident. (SEA). This warranty is valid only on products purchased in the United States and Puerto Rico. Exterior and interior finish. All warranty repairs must be performed by a SEA authorized service center. SEA will repair or replace the product at it’s option. and glass are not covered under this warranty. Labor 90 days carry-in Parts 1 year On carry-in models. The original dated sales receipt must be retained by the customer and is the only acceptable proof of purchase. and you may also have other rights which vary from State to State.warranty SAMSUNG LIMITED WARRANTY SAMSUNG Electronics America Inc. warrants that this product is free from defective material and workmanship. fire. flood and/or other acts of God. SEA further warrants that if product fails to operate properly within the specified warranty period and the failure is due to improper workmanship or defective material. or allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts. It must be presented to the authorized service center. . This warranty will automatically be voided for any unit found with a missing or altered serial number. lamps. commercial use. or damage that occurs in shipping. The name and address of the location nearest you can be obtained by calling toll free: 1-800 SAMSUNG (1-800-726-7864).

Lead (Pb). and we do not use the 6 hazardous materialsCadmium(Cd). 1-800-SAMSUNG (726-7864) www.com/us RoHS compliant Our product complies with “The Restriction Of the use of certain Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment”. please contact the SAMSUNG customer care center Samsung Electronics America.samsung. inc. .If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products. Poly Brominated Diphenyl Ethers(PBDEs). Mercury (Hg).in our products. Hexavalent Chromium (Cr +6). Poly Brominated Biphenyls (PBBs).